AIRBUS A 319/320/321 ATA 71−80 Engine IAE V2500

ATA 30−20 Intake Ice Protection

EASA PART 66 B1

A320 71−80V2500JARB1

For training purposes only. E Copyright by Lufthansa Technical Training. LTT is the owner of all rights to training documents and training software. Any use outside the training measures, especially reproduction and/or copying of training documents and software − also extracts thereof −in any format all (photocopying, using electronic systems or with the aid of other methods) is prohibited. Passing on training material and training software to third parties for the purpose of reproduction and/or copying is prohibited without the express written consent of LTT. Copyright endorsements, trademarks or brands may not be removed. A tape or video recording of training courses or similar services is only permissible with the written consent of LTT. In other respects, legal requirements, especially under copyright and criminal law, apply. Lufthansa Technical Training Dept HAM US Lufthansa Base Hamburg Weg beim Jäger 193 22335 Hamburg Germany Tel: +49 (0)40 5070 2520 Fax: +49 (0)40 5070 4746 E-Mail: Customer-Service@LTT.DLH.DE www.Lufthansa-Technical-Training.com

Lufthansa Technical Training

POWER PLANT INTRODUCTION

A319/A320/A321
IAE V2530-A5

71-00

ATA 71 POWER PLANT
ATA 71-00 INTRODUCTION
It is produced by International Aero Engines ( IAE ) corporation. This corporation consits of the following companys: JAEC ( Japanese Aero Engines Corporation ) Rolls Royce Pratt & Whittney MTU ( Motoren & Turbinen Union ) Fiat Avio

JAEC

RR

P&W

MTU

FIAT

For Training Purposes Only

IAE
( INTERNATIONAL AERO ENGINES )

FRA US/T bu

Aug 2001

Page: 1

Lufthansa Technical Training

POWER PLANT INTRODUCTION

A319/A320/A321
IAE V2530-A5

71-00 ENGINE MARK NUMBERS
For easy identification of the present and all future variants of the V2500, International Aero Engines has introduced a new engine designation system. S All engines will retain V2500 as their generic name. S The first three characters of the full designation are V25, identifying each engine as a V2500. The next two figures indicate the engine’s rated sea − level takeoff thrust. The following letter shows the aircraft manufacturer. The last figure represents the mechanical standard of the engine. This system will provide a clear designation of a particular engine as well as a simple way of grouping by name, engines with similar characteristics. The designation V2500 − D collectively describes, irrespective of thrust, all engines for McDonnell Douglas applications and V2500 − A all engines for Airbus Industrie. Similarly, V2500 − 5 describes all engines built to the −5 mechanical standard, irrespective of airframe application. For example : The V2500 - A1 engine is used on A320 and has only a 3 stage booster.

For Training Purposes Only

FRA US/T bu

August 2001

Page: 2

Lufthansa Technical Training

POWER PLANT INTRODUCTION ENGINE MARK NUMBERS

A319/A320/A321
IAE V2530-A5

71-00

V2530-A5
Generic to all V2500 engines Mechanical Standarts of engine Takeoff thrust in thousands of pounds Airframe manufacturer −A for Airbus Industrie -D for McDonnellDouglas

MARK NUMBER V2500 - A1 V2530 - A5
For Training Purposes Only

TAKEOFF THRUST (LB) 25.000 30.000 25.000 26.500 28.000 25.000 22.000

AIRCRAFT A320 - 200 A321 - 100 A320 - 200 A320 - 200 MD - 90 - 40 MD - 90 - 30 MD - 90 - 10

V2525 - A5 V2527 - A5 V2528 - D5 V2525 - D5 V2522 - D5

FRA US/T bu

August 2001

Page: 3

Lufthansa Technical Training

POWER PLANT INTRODUCTION

A319/A320/A321
IAE V2530-A5

71-00 INTRODUCTION
The V2530 - A5 engine is a two spool, axial flow, high bypass ratio turbofan engine. 80% of the thrust is produced by the fan. 20% of thrust is produced by the engine core. Its compression system features a single stage fan, a four stage booster, and a ten stage high pressure compressor. The LP compressor is driven by a five stage low pressure turbine and the HP compressor by a two stage HP turbine. The HP turbine also drives a gearbox which, in turn, drives the engine and aircraft mounted accessories. The two shafts are supported by five main bearings. The V2500 incorporates a Full Authority Digital Electronic engine Control ( FADEC ). The control system governs all engine functions, including power management. Reverse thrust is obtained by deflecting the fan airstream via a hydraulic operated thrust reverser. IAE V2530-A5 DA TA Fan tip diameter : Bare engine length : Weight : Take - of f thrust : Bypass ratio : Overall Pressure Ratio : Mass Flow lbs/s : N1 : N2 : EGT ( Takeoff ) EGT ( Starting ) EGT ( Max Continous/Climb ) 63.5 in ( 161 cm ) 126 in ( 320 cm ) 4942 lbs ( 2242 KG ) 30,000 lb, flat rated to +30 deg. C 5.44 : 1 31.9 :1 856 lbs 100% ( 5650 RPM ) 100% ( 14950 RPM ) 650 deg. C 635 deg. C 610 deg.C

The IAE V2530-A5 engine is flat rated. The rated thrust can be obtained for a limited time up to an ambient temperature of 30_C otherwise engine operating limits can be exceeded. To have a constant thrust at variable ambient conditions the engine RPM has to be adjusted ( regulated ) to compensate the variying air density. The Thrust parameter is EPR.In case this parameter is not available the N1 is used as the Thrust parameter. For Training Purposes Only

FRA US/T bu

August 2001

Page: 4

Lufthansa Technical Training

POWER PLANT INTRODUCTION

A319/A320/A321
IAE V2530-A5

71-00

For Training Purposes Only

Figure 1
FRA US/T bu August 2001

V2500 Propulsion Unit
Page: 5

Lufthansa Technical Training

POWER PLANT INTRODUCTION

A319/A320/A321
IAE V2530-A5

71-00 ENGINE DESCRIPTION
Gas Path A simplified view of the engine is shown below. All the air entering the engine passes trough the inlet cowl to the fan. At the fan exit the air stream divides into two flows : S the core engine flow S the by-pass flow Core Engine Flow The core engine flow passes trough the fixed inlet guide vanes to the L.P. Compressor which consits of 4 stages on the V2500 - A5 engine,then to the H.P. Compressor,the combustion section and the H.P. and L.P. turbines and finally exhausts into the Combined Nozzle Assembly ( C.N.A. ) By-pass Flow The fan exhaust air ( cold stream ) entering the by-pass duct passes through the fan outlet guide vanes and flows along the by-pass duct to exhaust into the C.N.A.. Nacelle The nacelle ensures airflow around the engine during its operation and also provides protection for the engine and accessories. The major components which comprise the nacelle are : S the air inlet cowl S the fan cowls ( left and right hand ) S The ” C ” ducts which incorporate the hydraulically operated thrust reverser unit. S the Combined Nozzle Assembly ( CNA ) Combined Nozzle Assembly ( CNA ) The core engine ” hot ” exhaust and the ” cool ” by-pass flow are mixed in the C.N.A. before passing through the single propelling nozzle to atmosphere.

For Training Purposes Only

FRA US/T bu

August 2001

Page: 6

Lufthansa Technical Training POWER PLANT INTRODUCTION A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 71-00 V2500-A1 V2500-A5 V2500-A1 V2500-A5 For Training Purposes Only BUFFER AIR COOLER OUTLET Figure 2 FRA US/T bu August 2001 Propulsion Unit Outline Page: 7 .

August 2001 Page: 8 .Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE HAZARD AREAS A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 71-00 ATA 71-00 ENGINE HAZARD AREAS For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu .

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE HAZARD AREAS A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 71-00 For Training Purposes Only INLET SUCTION DANGER AREA EXHAUST WAKE DANGER AREA 65 MPH (105 Km/h) OR GREATER EXHAUST WAKE DANGER AREA 65 MPH (105 Km/h) OR LESS ENTRY CORRIDOR Figure 3 FRA US/T Bu .August 2001 Engine Hazard Areas Page: 9 .

and recording of failures FADEC cooling NOTE : There are no adjustments possible on the FADEC system ( e. FADEC is mounted an the fan case. the fuel system configuration and the flight phase. Part Power etc. with one channel active and one in standby. Automatic engine starting sequence control of S the start valve (ON/OFF) S the HP fuel valve S the fuel flow S the ignition (ON/OFF) monitoring of N1.g. also called the Electronic Engine Control (EEC). The system has a magnetic altemator for an internal power source. isolation. FADEC has two−channel redundancy. the other automatically takes control. FADEC. Idle. N2. If one channel fails. ) For Training Purposes Only Page: 10 . FF and EGT initiation of abort and recycle (on the ground only) FRA US/T bu August 2001 Manual engine starting sequence passive monitoring of engine control of − the start valve − the HP fuel valve − the ignition Thrust reverser control actuation of the blocker doors engine setting during reverser operation Fuel recirculation control recirculation of fuel to the fuel tanks according to the engine oil temperature. is a digital control system that performs complete engine management. The Engine Interface Unit (EIU) transmits to FADEC the data it uses for engine management.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL FADEC GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 A5 73−20 ATA 73 ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL 73−20 FADEC PRESENTATION FADEC General Each powerplant has a FADEC (Full Authority Digital Engine Control) system. Transmission of engine parameters and engine monitoring information to cockpit indicators the primary engine parameters the starting system status the thrust reverser system status the FADEC system status Detection. FUNCTIONS The FADEC system performs the following functions --Control of gas generator --control of fuel flow --acceleration and deceleration schedules --variable bleed valve and variable stator vane schedules control of turbine -clearance –idle setting Protection against engine exceeding limits protection against N1 and N2 overspeed monitoring of EGT during engine start Power Management automatic control of engine thrust rating computation of thrust parameter limits Manual management of power as a function of thrust lever position automatic Management of power (A/THR demand).

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL FADEC GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 A5 73−20 For Training Purposes Only Figure 4 FRA US/T bu August 2001 FADEC Presentation IAE V2500 Page: 11 .

N1. accommodation and memorization of its internal system failures. . max climb. − Fuel flow control − Acceleration and deceleration schedules − Variable Stator Vane ( VSV ) and Booster Stage Bleed Valve ( BSBV ) schedules − Turbine clearance control ( HP / LP ) − Idle setting. N2. For Training Purposes Only Page: 12 . 7 Engine condition monitoring parameters transmission. other ratings ( max continuous. ( EGT ) 3 Power management − Automatic engine thrust rating control − Thrust parameter limit computation − manual power management through constant ratings versus throttle lever relationship . Position resolvers provide feedback to the EEC. The FMU has provision to route excess fuel above engine requirements to the fuel diverter valve through the bypass loop.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL FADEC GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 A5 73−20 FADEC FUNCTIONS The FADEC system operates compatibly with applicable aircraft systems to perform the following functions : 1 GAS generator control for steady state and transient engine operation within safe limits. isolation. − Automatic power management through direct engine power adjustment to the autothrust system demand. max reverse ) at associated throttle lever detent points. 8 Detection. − Redeploy command in case of non commanded stowage. 2 Engine limits protection − Engine overspeed protection in terms of fan speed and core speed to prevent engine running over certified red lines − Engine turbine outlet gas temperature monitoring. 5 Thrust reverser control − Control of thrust reverser actuation ( deploying and stowing ) − Control of engine power during reverser operation. idle. − Restow command in case of non commanded deployment. IDG oil and fuel temperatures − Aircraft fuel system configuration − Flight phases. ON in flight ) − Control of fuel schedule FRA US/T bu August 2001 − Control of ignition ( ON / OFF ) − EPR. 6 Engine parameters transmission for cockpit indication − Primary engine parameters − Starting system status − Thrust reverser system status − FADEC system status. EGT monitoring − Abort / Recycle capability on ground. 4 Automatic engine start sequencing − Control of starter air valve ON / OFF − Control of HP fuel valve ( ON / OFF on ground. WF. 9 Heat Management system (Fuel return & diverter valve control) FADEC controls the ON / OFF return to the aircraft tank in relationship with : − Engine oil. flex take−off at constant intermediate position whatever the derating is . Fuel Metering Unit The fuel metering unit ( FMU ) provides fuel flow control for all operating conditions.Engine idle setting during reverser transient − Control of maximum reverse power at full rearward throttle lever position.Variable fuel metering is provided by the FMU through EEC commands by atorque motor controlled servo drive. take−off / go−around at full forward throttle lever position .

9 (EGT) P2/T2 HEATER IDG IGN B THRUST LEVER ANALOG & DISCRETE SIGNALS IGN A A TRUST CONTROL UNIT         B Ignition Boxes Thrust Reverser POWER IAE V2500 RESOLVER EIU 7th 7th 7th IGNITORS 10th HDL BLEED VLV‘s Hydraulic Press FUEL PRESS & COMMAND SIGNAL FUEL METERING UNIT (FMU) FUEL FLOW For Training Purposes Only TO BURNERS ( CH: A & B ) EEC FEEDBACK COMMAND COMMAND BY HEAT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (HMS ) FEEDBACK FUEL DIVERTER & RETURN VALVE T/R REVERSER Stow / Deploy Feedback SOLENOID CONTROL VALVES HCU Return Fuel to Aircraft Tank FOR ENGINE TREND MONITORING P2.5 P4.5 T/R REVERSER Stow / Deploy Command Figure 5 FRA US/T bu August 2001 FADEC Presentation IAE V2500 Page: 13 .5 F FLOW P12.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL FADEC GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 A5 73−20 FMV FEEDBACK T2.

Position ON : − starts the engine in automatic mode ( when the mode selector is in IGNITION / START ). Position IGNITION / START : − selects FADEC power − allows engine starting (manual and auto).Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL FADEC GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 A5 73−20 ENGINE CONTROL P/B’S AND SWITCHES Engine Mode Selector Position CRANK : − selects FADEC power. − selects fuel and ignition on during manual start procedure. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T bu August 2001 Page: 14 . Manual Start P/B − controls the start valve (when the mode selector is in IGNITION / START or CRANK position ). Position NORM : − FADEC power selected OFF ( Engine not running ) FADEC GND PWR P/B Position ON : − selects FADEC power N1 MODE P/B Position ON : − switches EEC from EPR Mode to N1 Mode Engine Master Lever Position OFF : − closes the HP fuel valve in the FMU and the LP fuel valve and resets the EEC. − allows dry and wet motoring ( ignition is not availiable ).

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL FADEC GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 A5 73−20 A CENTRAL PEDESTAL 115VU NORM C MAINTENANCE PANEL 50VU B OVERHEAD PANEL 22VU For Training Purposes Only Figure 6 FRA US/T bu August 2001 Engine Control P / B‘s and Switches Page: 15 .

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL FADEC GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 A5 73−20 49VU For Training Purposes Only 2450000HMQ0 Figure 7 FRA US/T bu August 2001 Engine Circuit Breakers Page: 16 .

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL FADEC GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 A5 73−20 121VU ANTI ICE 2450000VAQ0 122VU For Training Purposes Only 2450000UMR0 Figure 8 FRA US/T bu August 2001 Engine Circuit Breakers Page: 17 .

S OIL temperature For further info see ATA 79 S Starter valve positions.Primary Engine Display The primary engine parameters listed below are permanently displayed on the Engine and Warning display ( E / WD ) : S Engine Pressure Ratio ( EPR ) S Exhaust Gas Temperature ( EGT ) S N1 ( low rotor speed ) S N2 ( high rotor speed ) S FF ( fuel flow ) After 5 min of the power up test the indication is displayed in amber and figures are crossed ( XX ). the analog indicator and the marks on the circle disappear. the indication is replaced by amber crosses. indication. Only in case of certain system faults and flight phases a warning message appears on the Engine Warning Display. one for each engine at the maintenace panel or by the MODE selector switch on on the Engine panel at the pedestal in CRANK or IGN / START position for both engine. the operating Ignition system ( ONLY ON ENGINE START PAGE ) S In case of high nacelle temperature a indication is provided below the engine oil temp. The engine page is available for display by command. manually or automatically during engine start or in case of system fault : S Total FUEL USED For further info see ATA 73 S OIL quantity For further info see ATA 79 S OIL pressure For further info see ATA 79 FRA US/T bu August 2001 Page: 18 . If a failure occurs on any indication displayed. the starter duct pressure and during eng start up. 4 BRG SCAV VALVE with valve position Some engine parameters also displayed on the CRUISE page For Training Purposes Only Secondary Engine Display The lower display shows the secondary engine parameters listed below. the circle becomes amber. Normal indication can be achieved by using the FADEC GRD power switches.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE INDICATING ECAM A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 77−00 ATA 77 INDICATING 77−00 ENGINE INDICATING PRESENTATION Indication general . S Engine Vibration − of N1 and N2 S As warnings by system problems only : − OIL FILTER COLG − Fuel FILTER CLOG − No.

indication : 320 For Training Purposes Only                     nac c 320         A IGN B                       ONLY ON ENGINE           PSI 35 35 PSI START PAGE Figure 9 FRA US/T bu August 2001 Engine ECAM Indications Page: 19 .Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE INDICATING ECAM A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 77−00 FF KG / H FOB: 19.125 NAC temp.

Muscl Air 20 Fuel Nozzles.ENGINE GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 72-00 STAGE NUMBERING V2530-A5 STAGES : 1 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 COMPONENT : STAGE NUMBER : 1 1. Buffer Air. VSV ( & IGV ) VSV VSV VSV CUST.ACAC FAN LOW PRESSURE COMPRESSOR ( BOOSTER ) B. BLEED. BLEED Hdlg. Bleed. 1. Bleed. Hdlg. HPT & NGV. A / I. 2 Ignitor Plugs HIGH PRESSURE COMPRESSOR COMBUSTION CHAMBER 1 2 HIGH PRESSURE TURBINE LOW PRESSURE TURBINE COMMON NOZZLE 1 2 ACTIVE CLEARANCE CONTROL 1 2 3 4 5 3 4 5 6 7 ACTIVE CLEARANCE CONTROL FRA US/T-5 APR 2006 Page: 20 . Internal Cooling CUST.5 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 NOTES : ACOC.V.5 2 2.3 2.ACC.S.B.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 72-00 V2500-A1 V2500-A5 For Training Purposes Only Figure 10 FRA US/T-5 APR 2006 Stage Numbering Page: 21 .

5 for Monitoring Temp T3 ( CDT ) & Press CDP ( P3 ) or Burner Press ( Pb ) Temp T4.The station numbers are used as subscripts when designating different temperatures and pressures. COMPRESSOR COMBUSTION SECTION EXIT H. The manufacture uses numerical station designations. TURBINE EXIT L.P. FRA US/T bu August 2001 Page: 22 .5 2.5 or (CIT) & Press P2.9 5 STATION LOCATION : AMBIENT INTAKE / ENGINE INLET INTERFACE FAN INLET FAN EXIT L.9 for EPR also called P 5 Flowpath aerodynamic stations have been established to facilitate engine performance assessment and monitoring.ENGINE GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 72-00 ENGINE STATIONS V2500 AERODYNAMIC STATION : 0 1 2 12. TURBINE EXIT EXHAUST STATION USED FOR: P0 ( ambient ) Press P2 for EPR & Temp T2 Press for Monitoring 12.P.throughout the engine.5 Temp T2. COMPRESSOR ( BOOSTER EXIT ) H.9 for EGT & Press P4.P.5 4.5 3 4 4.P.

ENGINE GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 72-00 Figure 11 FRA US/T bu August 2001 Engine Stations Page: 23 .

S Bearing 4 ( Single track roller bearing ).Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 72-00 ATA 72 ENGINE 72-00 ENGINE PRESENTATION Engine Main Bearings The 5 bearings are located in 3 bearing compartments. S Bearing 2 ( Single track roller bearing utilising ”squeeze film” oil damping ). S Bearing 5 ( Single track roller bearing utilising ”squeeze film” oil damping ). For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T bu August 2001 Page: 24 . 1. 4 Rear bearing compartment The rear bearing compartment is located in the turbine exhaust case No.5 The Low Pressure or N1 rotor. and houses bearing No. 2 & 3. is supported by three bearings : S Bearing 1 ( Single track thrust ball bearing ). Center bearing compartment (No.4 Bearing Compartement ) The center bearing compartment is located in the diffuser/combustor case and houses bearing No. Front bearing compartment The front bearing compartment is located at the centre of the intermediate case. The High Pressure or N2 rotor is supported by two bearings : S Bearing 3 ( thrust ball bearing mounted in an hydraulic damper which is centered by a series of rod springs ( ” Squirrel Cage ” ) ).

Figure 12 FRA US/T bu August 2001 CENTER BEAR.: N2 BEARING NO. COMP.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 72-00 N1 BEARING NO. COMP.: 1 2 3 4 5 For Training Purposes Only FRONT BEAR. Page: 25 . COMP. Engine Bearings & Compartments REAR BEAR.

3 bearing damper is maintained at the full oil feed pressure whilst the rest of the flow passes through a restrictor to drop the pressure.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 72-00 FRONT BEARING COMPARTMENT The bearings No. has at its front end a bevel drive gear which provides the drive for the main accessory gearbox. Description The drawing below shows details of No 2 and No 3 bearings. The HP stubshaft seperates from the HP compressor module at the curvic coupling and remains as part of the intermediate case module. A phonic wheel is fitted to the LP stubshaft. The gearbox drive gear is splined onto the HP shaft and retained by No 3 bearing nut. The bearing is centralised by the rods and any radial movement is dampened by oil pressure fed to an annulus around the bearing outer race. 2 and 3 are located in the front bearing compartment which is at the center of the intermediate module 32. The oil flow to the No. this interacts with speed probes to provide LP shaft speed signals ( N1 ) to the EEC and the Engine Vibration Monitoring Unit ( EVMU ) which is aircraft mounted. 1. which is located axially by No 3 bearing. The outer race is supported by a series of eighteen spring rods which allow some slight radial movement of the bearing.and oil filled ( hydraulic ) seal between the two shafts. to the de-oiler . through the tower shaft.This is achieved by venting the compartment. Gearbox Drive The HP stubshaft. The compartment is sealed using air supported carbon seals. Adequate pressure drops across the seals to ensure satisfactory sealing . by an external tube. This allows larger jet diameters to facilitate flow tolerance control. The hydraulic seal prevents oil leakage from the compartment passing rearwards between the HP and LP shafts. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T bu August 2001 Page: 26 . No 3 bearing is hydraulically damped. This seal is supported by 8th stage air.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 72-00 GEAR BOX DRIVE BOOSTER AIR SPRING ROD Sealing Air For Training Purposes Only PHONIC WHEEL FOR N1 RPM Figure 13 FRA US/T bu August 2001 Front Bearing Compartment Page: 27 .

NOTE : The bearing compartment internal pressure level is determined by the area of the variable scavenge valve. ( called No 4 bearing scavenge valve and described in the oil system ). 12th Stage Air ( Buffer Air ) This supply of cooled 12th stage air ( called ” buffer air ” ) is admitted to the space between the chamber and first heat shield. It is located in the exhaust at 5 o clock position ( aft looking forward ) 12th Stage Air Cooler ( BUFFER AIR ) The No. FAN AIR OUTLET BUFFER AIR COOLER ( ACAC ) NO. The No.4 BEARING COMPARTMENT AIRCOOLER DUCT ASSEMBLY FAN AIR INLET For Training Purposes Only NOTE : A drain hole is provided to indicate a possible leckage at the No 4 bearing compartment. creating an area of cooler air from which the seal leakage is obtained. FRA US/T bu August 2001 Page: 28 .The 12th stage air is cooled by fan air via the buffer air cooler. high pressure environment at the centre of the combustion section. The buffer air is exhausted from the cooling spaces close to the upstream side of the carbon seals. located on the rear left hand side of the engine. The exchanger is held by its coolant air duct flanges. This valve acts as a variable restrictor in the compartment vent / scavenge line. This results in an acceptable temperature of the air leaking into the bearing compartment. 4 bearing compartment is cooled by 12th stage air. 4 bearing compartment air cooler is installed on the turbine casing. Buffer air flow rates are controlled by restrictors at the outlet from the cooling passages.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 72-00 NO 4 BEARING COMPARTMENT The No 4 bearing compartment is situated in a high temperature. The bearing compartment is shielded from radiated heat by a heat shield and air.

4 Bearing Compartment Page: 29 .Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 72-00 HEAT SHIELD Spring COOLED 12TH STAGE HP COMPRESSOR AIR For Training Purposes Only No4 Bearing CARBON SEAL CARBON SEAL Figure 14 FRA US/T bu August 2001 No.

ring and a thermally insulated heat shield. The compartment is covered by an insulating heat shield. The compartment is sealed at the front end by an 8th stage air supported carbon seal. Inside the LP shaft there is a small disc type plug with an 0-ring seal. There are no air or oil flows down the LP shaft. Separate venting is not necessary for this compartment because with only one carbon seal the airflow induced by the scavenge pump gives the required pressure drop across the seal. secured by a spring clip. At the rear is a simple cover plate. with an 0.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 72-00 REAR BEARING COMPARTMENT The rear bearing compartment is located at the center of the LP turbine module ( module 50 ) and houses No 5 bearing which supports the LP turbine rotor. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T bu August 2001 Page: 30 . both secured by the same twelve bolts.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 72-00 For Training Purposes Only Figure 15 FRA US/T bu August 2001 Rear Bearing Compartment Page: 31 .

Active clearance control is used to control seal clearances and to provide structural cooling. booster. 1. It is comprised of the drum rotor assembly. Intermediate Case Module It consists of the fan containment case. intermediate case. The No. Active clearance control is used to control seal clearances and to provide structural cooling. 40 / 41 the high pressure compressor. high spool stubshaft and the station 2. shroudless fan and hub. The main features of the module include a close−coupled prediffuser and combustor that provide low velocity shroud air to feed the combustor liners and to minimize performance losses. the front casing which houses the variable stator vanes and the rear casing which contains the fixed stators and forms the bleed manifolds. the accessory gearbox towershaft drive assembly. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T bu August 2001 Page: 32 . & diffuser/combustor module. These include fuel. low spool stubshaft. NOTE: THE MODULE NUMBERS REFER TO THE ATA CHAPTER REFERENCE FOR THAT MODULE.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 72-00 ENGINE MODULES The engine modules are: 32 the intermediate case module.5 bleed valve ( BSBV ). The gearbox also includes provision for a starter which is used to drive the N2 shaft for engine starting. 45 the high pressure turbine. 2 and 3 ( front ) bearing compartment is built into the module and contains the support bearings for the low spool and high spool stubshafts. Fan Module It consists of a single stage. The booster consists of inlet stators. 4 bearing compartment are also part of the module. High Pressure Turbine The high pressure turbine is a two stage turbine and drives the HP compressor and the accessory gearbox. Accessory Drive Gearbox The accessory drive gearbox provides shaft horse power to drive engine and aircraft accessories. High Pressure Compressor The HP compressor is a ten stage. Diffuser / Combustor Module The combustion section consists primarily of the diffuser case. wide−chord. Low Pressure Turbine The low pressure turbine is a five stage module. 50 the LP turbine 60 the accessory drive gearbox. annular two piece combustor. axial flow module. rotor assembly. 31 the fan module. fan exit guide vanes ( EGV ). and outlet stators. The high compressor exit guide vanes and the No. with 20 fuel injector and 2 ignitors. oil and hydraulic pressure pumps and electrical power generators for the EEC and for the aircraft.

LOW PRESSURE TURBINE For Training Purposes Only 60 .ACCESSOR Y DRIVE GEARBOX Figure 16 FRA US/T bu August 2001 Engine Modules Page: 33 .F AN 32 .HP SYSTEM 41 .DIFFUSER / COMBUST OR 45 .HP TURBINE 50 .INTERMEDIA TE CASE 40 .Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 72-00 31 .

Both sides of the vanes are attached to the outer and inner platforms.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 72-00 MODULE 32 INTERMEDIATE CASE Fan Case The fan case provides a titanium shroud around the fan rotor and forms the outer annulus of the cold stream duct. each containing 3 vanes. Booster Stage bleed valve ( BSBV ) The bleed valve mechanism is supported by the intermediate structure and the outer ring of the stage 2. LP Compressor Outlet Guide Vanes Aerodynamic control air flow within the cold air steam duct is achieved by 60 vanes manufactured in aluminium. Two actuating rods which are each motivated by actuators allow a axial motion to the valve ring via 2 power arms. BOOSTER STAGE BLEED VALVE For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T bu August 2001 Page: 34 . The outer platform is bolted to the fan case and the inner platform is pinned to the outer shroud ring of the LP compressor stage 2.5 vanes. The vanes consist of 20 segments.5 stator assembly.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 72-00 3 ea Fan Outlet Inner Vane Assembly For Training Purposes Only Figure 17 FRA US/T bu August 2001 Fan Case Section Page: 35 .

The nose cone retaining bolt flange is faired by a titanium fairing which is secured by 6 bolts. For Training Purposes Only BE CAREFUL WHEN REMOVING THE NOSE CONE RETAINING BOLTS. This function is fulfilled by annulus fillers which are located between neighbouring pairs of blades. FRA US/T bu August 2001 Page: 36 . Axial retention is provided by the front and rear blade retaining rings.titanium shroudless hollow fan blades S 22 annulus fillers S the titanium fan disc S the front and rear blade retaining rings The blades are retained in the disc radially by the dovetail root. The fan inner annulus is formed by 22 annulus fillers. The front pins are inserted in holes in the front blade retaining ring. During manufacture of the fan disk. Each annulus filler has a hooked trunnion at the rear and a dowel pin and a pin at the front. Fan Disc The fan disk is driven through a curvic coupling which attaches it to the LP stub shaft.It is secured to the front blade retaining ring by 18 bolts. there is a rubber seal bonded to each side of each filler. Blade removal / replacement is achieved by removing the front blade retaining ring and sliding the blade along the dovetail slot in the disc. In order to minimize the leakage of air between the fillers and the aerofoils. The nose cone is balanced during manufacture by applying weights to its inside surface. The curvic coupling radially locates and drives the fan disk. The fillers are radially located by the front and rear blade retaining rings.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 72-00 MODULE 31 ( FAN MODULE ) Module 31 is the complete Fan assembly and comprises : S 22 wide-cord .The nose cone is unheated. The rear trunnion is inserted in a hole in the rear blade retaining ring. Nose Cone The glass-fibre cone smoothes the airflow into the fan. BALANCE WEIGHTS MAY BE FITTED TO SOME OF THE BOLTS. Each filler is secured to the front blade retaining ring by a bolt. THE POSITION OF THE WEIGHTS MUST BE MARKED BEFORE REMOVAL TO ENSURE THEY ARE REFITTED IN THE SAME POSITION. it is dynamically balanced by removal of metal from a land on the disk. NOTE: Annulus Fillers The blades do not have integral platforms to form the gas−path inner annulus boundary.Ice protection is provided by a soft rubber cone tip. The material of the fillers is aluminium.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 72-00 Showing Crossection of Fan Disc Slot Numbering For Training Purposes Only Rubber Rubber SOFT RUBBER CONE TIP Figure 18 FRA US/T bu August 2001 LP Compressor ( Fan ) Page: 37 .

For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T bu August 2001 Page: 38 . NOTE: THE INLET CONE IS MADE FROM GLASSFIBER.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 72-00 INLET CONE REMOVAL A special tool is used to remove the Inlet Cone to prevent it from damage as shown below.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 72-00 A For Training Purposes Only A Figure 19 FRA US/T bu August 2001 Inlet Cone Removal Page: 39 .

After all the securing bolts ( 22 + 36 ) have been removed the retaining ring can be removed by srewing pusher bolts into the 6 threaded holes provided for this purpose. Balance weights. before disassembly. NOTE: FAN BLADE INSPECTION / REPAIR ARE DESCRIBED IN THE AMM 72-31-1 1 PAGE BLOCK 800. The blade retaining ring is secured to the fan disc by a ring of 36 bolts. The annulus fillers can be removed as follows : S lift the front end of the annulus filler 3 to 4 inches. S twist the annulus filler through about 60 deg counter . When the retaining ring is fitted to the fan disc the lettet T.clockwise S draw the annulus filler forward to clear the blades The blade to be removed can then be pulled forward to clear the dovetail slot in the fan disc. Remove the annulus fillers on either side of the blade to be removed.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 72-00 FAN BLADE REMOVAL / INSTALLATION Removal The Nose cone is secured to the front blade retaining ring by 18 bolts. Installation After the new blade and the annulus fillers are fitted. identifies No 1 fan blade position. Both rings of bolts must be removed before attempting to remove the front retaining ring. The front blade retaining ring can be fitted.set locating dowells on the fan disc. The position of these weights must be marked before removal to ensure they are refitted to the same position. if required are located on the retaining ring. The fan blades and annulus filler positions are not identified. etched on the retaining ring. A second ( outer ) ring of bolts passes through the retaining ring and screws into each of the 22 annulus fillers. The front blade retaining ring can only be fitted in one position which is determined by tree off . Balance weights may be fitted to some of the bolts. relative to the numbered slots in the fan disc.For this reason it is important to identify the blade and annulus filler position. THE MOMENT WEIGHT OF THE FAN BLADE IS WRITTEN ON THE THE ROOT SURFACE NOTE : For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T bu August 2001 Page: 40 . Be careful when removing the nose cone retaining bolts.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 72-00 ”T” For Training Purposes Only MOMENT WEIGHT Figure 20 FRA US/T bu August 2001 Fan Blade Removal / Installation Page: 41 .

STONES AND PAPERS TO DRESS. C. V01−339 ) or alkani cleaner ( Material No. alkani cleaner ( Material No. REMOVE DAMAGE FROM THE AIRFOIL SURFACE AND IF DAMAGE IS FOUND IN ZONE AD. A. Repair Damage on the Low Pressure Compressor ( LPC ) Fan Blades by Local Material Removal CAUTION : S YOU MUST USE SILICON CARBIDE TYPE ABRASIVE WHEELS. do step ( 4. SPM 702305 ). TO DARKER THAN A LIGHT STRAW COLOR. TASK 72−31−11−200−010 ). BLEND AND POLISH THIS COMPONENT.D. S IF THE MATERIAL SHOWS A CHANGE IN COLOR. ( 4 ) If necessary repeat steps ( 2 ) and ( 3 ). TO PREVENT A RISK OF ENGINE VIBRATION.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 72-00 ATA 72-31-1 1 FAN BLADE REPAIR FAN BLADE INSPECTION / REPAIR Before any repair is carried out. OR THE MATERIAL WILL BECOME TOO HOT. THEN YOU MUST BLEND PARALLEL WITH THE LEADING EDGE. ( a ) If a blade is damaged. reference must be made to the AMM Chapter 72-31-1 1 Page Block 800. Use X10 binocular under ultra violet light. V01−422 ) and prepare the solution ( Ref. B. S THE MAXIMUN NUMBER OF DRESSED BLADES MUST BE OBEYED. reject it. TO REMOVE ANY MATERIAL ABOVE THE REPAIRED AREA BY MATERIAL REMOVAL. S DO NOT USE FORCE WITH MECHANICAL CUTTERS. S THE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF DRESSED BLADES FOR A GIVEN THE LP COMPRESSOR FAN BLADES SET IS THE EQUIVALENT OF THREE BLADES DRESSED TO THE MAXIMUM LIMIT. ( 1 ) Use fluorescent penetrant ( Material No. AMM TASK 70−11−50−100−010 ). TO GET BACK LP COMPRESSOR EFFICIENCY AND EXTEND THE ROTOR BLADE LIFE. Examine the Blade Airfoil ( 1 ) Examine the blade airfoil for crack indications. ( 3 ) Use a cloth soaked in clean cold water until the area is fully cleaned. For Training Purposes Only PROCEDURE NOTE: THIS REPAIR LETS YOU SCALLOP THE LEADING EDGE. FRA US/T bu August 2001 Page: 42 . Chemically Clean the Blades ( 1 ) Use alkali cleaner (Material No. Do a Local Penetrant Crack Test on the Damaged Blades. THE COMPONENT IS TO BE REJECTED. (a) If a blade is cracked. ALL THE REMAINING BLADES MUST NOT BE DRESSED. ( 5 ) Wipe the area with a clean dry cloth. ( 2 ) Examine the blade for damage ( Ref. V01−300). V06−022 ) and do a penetrant inspection of the damaged area ( Ref. ) that follows. ( 2 ) Wash the repaired area with a cloth soacked in the solution. S LP COMPRESSOR FAN BLADES MUST BE REPAIRED AS SOON AS DAMAGE OR WEAR IS MONITORED.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 72-00 For Training Purposes Only Figure 21 FRA US/T bu August 2001 Fan Blade Repair Limits Page: 43 .

A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 72-00 NOTE: IF YOU BLEND IN ZONE AD. Use portable grinding equipment.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE GENERAL PROCEDURE D. V05−021 ). Use waterproof abrasive paper ( Material No. ( 4 ) Polish the repaired area‘s. CAN EACH HAVE A SCALLOP. YOU CAN ONLY HAVE ONE SCALLOP IN ZONE AC. to remove scratches and make the surface finish the same as the adjacent material. For Training Purposes Only NOTE: THE LAST POLISH IS TO BE IN A RADIAL DIRECTION. 804 / TASK 72−31−11−991−174 ) ( 1 ) Remove damage on the leading edge by removal of minimum material. V05−064 ). V05−020 ) and / or waterproof abrasive paper ( Material No. ( 0. waterproof abrasive paper ( Material No. V05−020 ) and / or waterproof abrasive paper ( Material No. Remove Local Damage on the Leading Edge ( Ref. V05−021 ). ( 2 ) Remove damage as necessary on the airfoil surface by the removal of minimum material. The diameter of the repaired area is to be 50 times the depth. YOU MUST BLEND THE DAMAGE PARALLEL WITH THE BLADE LEADING EDGE. The maximum depth to remove the damage must not be more than 0. ( 3 ) Make smooth the repaired area‘s. ZONE AA AND ZONE AB. FRA US/T bu August 2001 Page: 44 . NOTE: IF DAMAGE IS SHOWN IN ZONE AD.015 in. Continue to remove damage until all the damage is removed. Use waterproof abrasive paper ( Material No. TO REMOVE ANY MATERIAL ABOVE THE REPAIRED AREA. waterproof abrasive paper ( Material No. INDEPENDENTLY OF THE REPAIR OF ZONES AD AND AC. Fig.38 mm ). Make sure all the damaged marks are completely removed and the surface finish is made the same as the adjacent material. V05−064 ). Continue to remove damage until all the damage is removed.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 72-00 For Training Purposes Only Figure 22 FRA US/T bu August 2001 Fan Blade Repair Limits Page: 45 .

( 1 ) Use fluorescent penetrant ( Material No. TO THE INSTRUCTIONS SPECIFIED IN THE ( REF. Use vibro−engraving equipment. Write VRS1506 in the engine log book.38 mm ). (2) At the next shop visit make a mark VRS1506 adjacent to the part number. Discard the blades. F. if they are not in the limits specified. Make sure the maximum depth of the repair on the airfoil surfaces is not more than 0. Identify the Repair ( 1 ) A log book entry is necessary when you have completed this repair. Do a Local Penetrant Crack Test on the Damaged Blades. MUST BE SWAB ETCHED AND INSPECTED AS SPECIFIED IN THE ( REF. EM 72−31−11− 300−016 ) ( VRS1724 ). A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 72-00 NOTE: BLADES REPAIRED TO THIS SCHEME. ( 0. EM 72−31−11−300−025 ) ( VRS1026 ) AND GLASS BEAD PEENED AT THE NEXT SHOP VISIT. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T bu August 2001 Page: 46 .015 in.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE GENERAL PROCEDURE E. G. Examine the LP Compressor Fan Blades ( 1 ) Visually examine and measure the dimensions of the scallop on the leading edge and the airfoil surface. SPM 702305 ). V06−022 ) and do a penetrant inspection of the damaged area ( Ref. Use workshop inspection equipment.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 72-00 For Training Purposes Only Figure 23 FRA US/T bu August 2001 Fan Blade Repair Limits Page: 47 .

The rear compressor casing has inner and outer casings as shown. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T bu August 2001 Page: 48 . which houses stages 3 to 6. Flanges on the inner case form annular manifolds which provide 7 and 10 stage air offtakes. 4. It utilises variable inlet guide vanes at the inlet to stage 3 and variable stator vanes at stages 3.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 72-00 MODULE 40 HP COMPRESSOR The HP compressor has 10 stages. is made in two halves which bolt together along horizontal flanges. NOTE: ON THE V2500-A1 THE INLET GUIDE V ANES AND STAGES 3. 5 & 6 ARE VARIABLE. It is bolted to the intermediate casing ( module 32 ) at the front and to the outer casing at the rear. 4 and 5 The front casing.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 72-00 V2500-A1 V2500-A5 For Training Purposes Only Figure 24 FRA US/T bu August 2001 HP Compressor Page: 49 .

The outer liner is located by five locating pins which pass through the diffuser casing. and the No 4 bearing assembly. Combustion Liner The combustion liner is formed by the inner and outer liners.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 72-00 COMBUSTION SECTION The combustion section includes the diffuser section. The segments can be replaced independently. The diffuser section has 20 mounting pads for the installation of the fuel spray nozzles. It also has two mounting pads for the two ignitor plugs. Diffuser Casing The diffuser section is a primary structural part of the combustion section. The inner and outer liners are manufactured from sheet metal with 100 separate liner segments attached to the inner surface. The inner combustion liner is attached to the turbine nozzle guide vane assembly. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T bu August 2001 Page: 50 . the combustion inner and outer liners.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 72-00 For Training Purposes Only Figure 25 FRA US/T bu August 2001 Combustion Section Page: 51 .

turbine.C channel A & B.E. The valve position is controlled by the E. The air then discharges into the area around No 4 bearing housing.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 72-00 HP TURBINE 10th stage Make up air valve The two position stage 10 ON / OFF valve is bolted to the 10th stage manifold at the top of the engine compressor case. This air moves through holes in the first stage HPT air seal and the turbine front hub into the area between the hubs. In the open position ( solenoid deenergized ) the valve allows 10th stage air to flow through two outlet tubes down the left and right hand side of the diffuser case and then pass into the engine across the diffuser area. All of the HPT airfoils are cooled by secondary air flow.E. The cooling air used is taken from the 10th stage manifold. The HPC Stage 10 make up air valve and associated hardware has been deleted from production beginning with ESN V10950 For Training Purposes Only .C.P. The first stage HPT blades are cooled by the HPC discharge air which flows through the fist stage HPT duct assembly. Operation Signals from the E.stage 2.P. solenoid de−energised. will energise / deenergise the solenoid control valve. The ” fail safe ” position is valve open.C. as a function of corrected N2 and altitude. This directs pneumatic servo supplies to position the 10th stage air valve to the open / close position. will keep the air valve open at all engine operating phases except cruise. and is controlled by a two position pneumatically operated valve.E. The second stage vane clusters are permanent cooled by 10th stage compressor air mixed with thrust balance seal vent air supplied externally. The air then goes into the second blade root and out the cooling holes. The valve incorporates 2 micro switches for transmitting valve position to the E. 10th Stage ” Make−up ” Air System Introduction The make up air discharges into the area around No4 bearing housing and supplements the normal airflows in this area and increases the cooling flow passing to the H. stage 2. The 10th stage air is supplied through 4 tubes ( 2 tubes on each engine side ) Second stage HPT cooling air is a mixture of HPC discharge air and 10th stage compressor ( make up air ). Purpose The make up air discharges into the area around No 4 bearing housing and supplements the normal airflows in this area and increases the cooling flow passing to the H.C. FRA US/T bu August 2001 Page: 52 NOTE : The E.E. turbine.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 72-00 MAKE UP AIR 10TH STAGE SOLENOID VALVE TO OTHER BLEED SOLENOID VALVES MAKE UP AIR VALVE FAN AIR BUFFER AIR COOLER ( ACAC) BUFFER AIR 10 TH STAGE AIR (4X) EEC COMBUSTION CHAMBER STAGE 10 AIR STAGE 12 MAX FLOW             MIN FLOW                                       BEARING 4 COMPARTMENT NO. SWITCH For Training Purposes Only TO DEOILER REED SW OIL AND AIR NO.4 BEARING SCAVENGE VALVE OIL PRESS XMTR OIL PRESSURE LOW OIL PRESS.4 BEARING PRESS XMTR EEC PB EIU Figure 26 No.4 Bearing Scavenge Valve Page: 53 FRA US/T bu August 2001 .

The valve is equipped with a position indicator ( closed or open ) The HPC Stage 10 make up air valve and associated hardware has been deleted from production beginning with ESN V10950 For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T bu August 2001 Page: 54 . STAGE MAKE UP AIR VALVE The two position stage 10 ON / OFF valve is bolted to the 10th stage manifold at the top of the engine compressor case.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 72-00 10 TH.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 72-00 INDICATOR PIN O C VISUAL POSITION INDICATOR 2 POSITION FEEDBACK SWITCES TO EEC P3 SERVOPRESS. For Training Purposes Only 10th STAGE PRESS TO NO4 BEARING SCAVENGE VALVE SOLENOID CONTROL VALVE AIR OUTLET TUBES Figure 27 FRA US/T bu August 2001 Stage10 to HPT Air Control Valve Page: 55 .

When the thrust reverser operates. an attachment ring and a closure panel. the thrust reverser and the pylon . For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T bu August 2001 Page: 56 . and go in different directions. which is the fan bypass air. The first is the cold airflow. the cold and hot outflows divide. S Interface seals provide sealing between the exhaust collector.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 72-00 COMMON NOZZLE ASSEMBLY (CNA) General The mixed exhaust system collects two flows of air. S The nozzle forms a convergent duct which increases the speed of the mixed gas to give forward thrust. The cold airflow exhaust is part of the thrust reverser system described in 78−30−00. It is made of a welded inco 625 honeycomb perforated panel for sound attenuation. S The engine exhaust cone forms the inner contour of the common nozzle exhaust collector. These gas outflows then go out to the atmosphere through the common nozzle. The second is the hot airflow which comes from the engine core. The mixed exhaust system is made up of the common nozzle exhaust collector and the engine exhaust cone. S The common exhaust collector admits the hot and cold gas outflows.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 72-00 For Training Purposes Only Figure 28 FRA US/T bu August 2001 Common Nozzle Assemply Page: 57 .

During engine starting the gearbox also transmits power from the pneumatic starter motor to the engine.G.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 72-00 ATA 72−60 ACCESSORY DRIVE GEARBOX ANGLE AND MAIN GEARBOX The cast aluminium gearbox assembly transmits power from the engine to provide drives for the accessories mounted on the gearbox front and rear faces. The gearbox is mounted by 4 flexible links to the bottom of the fan case.D.) FRA US/T bu August 2001 Page: 58 . The gearbox also provides a hand cranking for the HP rotor ( N2 ) for maintenance operations. main gearbox 3 links angle gearbox 1 link Features : Front Face S Individually replaceable drive units S Magnetic chip detectors S Main gearbox 2 magnetic chip detectors S Angle gearbox 1 magnetic chip detector S De−oiler S Pneumatic starter S Dedicated generator / alternator S Hydraulic pump S Oil Pressure pump For Training Purposes Only Rear Face S Fuel pumps ( and Fuel Metering Unit FMU ) S Oil scavenge pumps unit S Integrated Drive Generator System ( I.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 72-00 REAR VIEW SCAVENGE Manual Drive For Training Purposes Only FRONT VIEW & PRESS FILTER Figure 29 FRA US/T bu August 2001 Angle and Main Gearbox Page: 59 .

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 72-00 DRIVE SEAL The sealol seal The picture below shows a typical SEALOL SEAL ( carbon drive seal ) installation ( Starter ). If one of the components is damaged. S A cover. to ensure constant contact between the glazed face and the static part of the seal. secured to the bearing housing with nuts. The sealol seals are matched assemblies. replace the complete seal ! For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T bu August 2001 Page: 60 . Consists of the following parts : S A mating ring ( glazed face ) with four lugs engageing the four corresponding slots in the gearshaft ball bearing. This type of seals are used on the drive pads on the gearbox.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 72-00 SEALOL SEAL For Training Purposes Only Figure 30 FRA US/T bu August 2001 Drive Seals Page: 61 .

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 72-00 For Training Purposes Only Figure 31 FRA US/T bu August 2001 Engine Components Location (L/H side) Page: 62 .

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 72-00 For Training Purposes Only Figure 32 FRA US/T bu August 2001 Engine Components Location (R/H side) Page: 63 .

claps. Physical Description The external flanges of the engine have been assigned letter designations alphanumerical from A to U.O and Q are not used.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 72-00 ENGINE FLANGES Flanges are located on the engine for attachment of brackets. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T bu August 2001 Page: 64 .etc.The letters I.bolt.The letter designations are used for flange identification whenever it is necessary to be explicit about flange location.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 72-00 For Training Purposes Only Figure 33 FRA US/T bu August 2001 Engine Flanges Page: 65 .

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE BORESCOPING A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 72-00 ATA 72-00 BORESCOPING GENERAL Hand Cranking A access to crank the HP compressor manually is provided at the front face of the gearbox between the Starter and the deticated alternator. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T bu August 2001 Page: 66 .

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE BORESCOPING A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 72-00 For Training Purposes Only Figure 34 FRA US/T bu August 2001 Manual Handcranking Page: 67 .

B AND A 5. Inspection/Check Procedure S Install the tool to turn the HP system. S Examples of blade damage limits are in AMM 72-00-00 S On completion of the inspection remove the borescope probe from the engine and refit the access port covers as described on the next page. S Prepare the borescope equipment for use as given in the makers instructions.5MM PROBE FOR PORTS C. FRA US/T bu August 2001 Page: 68 . NOTE: USE AN 8MM PROBE FOR PORTSX.F & G AND A FLEXIBLE BORESCOPE FOR INSPECTION OF THE HEATSHIELD ASSEMBLIES. examine each blade in turn for: − Nicks & Tears − Cracks − Dents − Tip damage & discolouration For Training Purposes Only NOTE: BLADE NUMBERS & DIMENSIONS ARE SHOWN FOR EACH STAGE.E. S Remove the tool used to turn the HP system & return the engine to normal. BORESCOOPE INSPECTION OF THE HP COMP. S Carefully put the borescope probe into the access port of the stage of the compressor you want to examine . For furter information and limits refer to AMM 72-00-00.A. Borescope ports are provided to give acess for visual inspection of the compressor and the turbine .D. S Whilst turning the HP system.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE BORESCOPING A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 72-00 BORESCOOPING GENERAL Hand Cranking A access to crank the HP compressor manually is provided at the front face of the gearbox between the Starter and the deticated alternator.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE BORESCOPING A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 72-00 NOTE: Port ”B” is available at both sides of the engine The left hand side is better accessible V2530-A5 V2500-A1 V2530-A5 For Training Purposes Only STAGE OF COMPRESSOR TO BE EXAMIND 3 to 4 4 to 6 7 to 8 8 to 9 9 to 10 11 to 12 ACCESS PORT TO BE USED A B D E F G Figure 35 FRA US/T bu August 2001 HP Compressor Borescope Access Page: 69 .

FRA US/T bu August 2001 Page: 70 .C. − Wait 10 minutes. The procedure to be taken is: For Training Purposes Only Access ports X.A.F & G. A. install access port cover & attach with bolts. Borescope Access NOTE: IAE RECOMMENDS THAT ONLY THE STAGE 3 & 12 HP COMPRESSOR BLADES ARE EXAMINED WITH THE ENGINE ON−WING. S Remove the required borescope access part covers X.E.F.G.12 to 0. NOTE: ACCESS PORT D SHOULD NOT BE USED ON ENGINES THAT ARE PRE SBE72−0033 AS DAMAGE CAN BE CAUSED TO THE BORESCOPE EQUIPMENT. B & C − Apply a thin layer of jointing compound to the mating faces using a stiff bristle brush. − Do not require jointing compound.E. The diagram below shows which stage are accessed through each port. − Re−torque again to same figures after 2 minutes then remove excess jointing compound. Do not apply within 0.16in (3 to 4mm) of access port.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE BORESCOPING A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 72-00 BORESCOPE INSPECTION OF THE HP COMP. CONT. S Prior to installation of the borescope access port covers it Is necessary to apply jointing compound. Torque load to between 85 − 105 lbf in. S Remove the old jointing compound from around the access ports and access port covers using a non−metallic scraper and a lint free cloth made moist with cleaning fluid.B.D. by removing the attaching bolts. Access ports D.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE BORESCOPING A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 72-00 For Training Purposes Only STAGE OF COMPRESSOR TO BE EXAMIND VIGV TO 3 -LE 3 to 4 5 to 6 ACCESS PORT TO BE USED X B C Figure 36 FRA US/T bu August 2001 HP Compressor Borescope Access Page: 71 .

It takes the loads in a plane normal to the engine centerline i. They allow thermal expansion of the engine without inducing additional load into the mount system. Y loads (lateral) and Z loads (vertical).: Y loads (lateral). The engine/pylon connection is achieved by means of a two−mount system : − the forward mount : it is attached to the engine via the intermediate casing. − the aft mount : it is attached to the engine via the exhaust casing. Each engine mount design provides dual load paths to ensure safe operation if one member fail.e. Z loads (vertical) and Mx (engine rotational inertia moment + Y load transfer moment). For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu July 01 Page: 72 . It takes the X loads (thrust).Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE MOUNTS A319/A320/321 IAE V2530−A5 71-20 ATA 71 POWER PLANT 71-20 ENGINE MOUNTS General The engine mounts support the engine by transmitting loads from the engine case to the pylon structure. The engine mount system has these components: − A front mount − A rear mount . The rear mount is installed at the top center of the low pressure turbine case. Component Location The front mount is installed at the top center of the low pressure compressor case.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE MOUNTS A319/A320/321 IAE V2530−A5 71-20 For Training Purposes Only Figure 37 FRA US/T Bu July 01 Mounts and Loads Page: 73 .

The thrust is then transmitted to the pylon structure. S A beam assembly. S A support bearing assembly.Lufthansa Technical Training POWER PLANT ENGINE MOUNTS AFT ENGINE MOUNT A319/A320A321 IAE V2530-A5 71-20 71-20 ENGINE MOUNTS General The engine is attached to the aircraft pylon by two mount assemblies. S A center link. If one part of the link should fail.Vertical and side loads are transmitted through the support bearing to the beam assembly and then to the aircraft pylon. The two side links attach to the beam assembly at one end and the engine aft mount ring on the low pressure turbine case at the other end. S A beam assembly. Vertical and side loads are transmitted through the side links and beam assembly and into the pylon. The support bearing permits the engine to turn so that torsional loads are not transmitted to the aircraft structure. the remaining part will transmit the loads to the beam assembly. Both mounts are made to be fail−safe and have a tolerance to damage. Torsional loads are transmitted by the center link to the beam assembly and in to the pylon. then thrust loads are transmitted through the ball stop and into the beam assembly. If one of the two thrust links or the cross beam should fail. The mount is made to be fail−safe. the cross beam assembly and the beam assembly to the aircraft pylon. S A cross beam assembly. The thrust of the engine is transmitted through the thrust links. The side links are each made up of two parts which are attached together to make one unit. one at the front and one at the rear of the engine. The beam assembly is aligned on the aircraft pylon by two shear pins and attached with five bolts. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T bu August 2001 Page: 74 . A spherical bearing is installed at each end of the links. FORWARD ENGINE MOUNT The front mount has these parts: S Two thrust links. The thrust links attach to lugs on the cross beam and to the engine mount lugs on the low pressure compressor using solid pins. The aft mount is aligned on the pylon by two shearpins and is attached to the pylon by four bolts and washers. Spherical bearings in each mount permit thermal expansion and some movement between the engine and the pylon.The mount assemblies transmit loads from the engine to the aircraft structure. The front mount is made to be fail−safe. The aft mount has these parts: S Two side links.

Lufthansa Technical Training POWER PLANT ENGINE MOUNTS A319/A320A321 IAE V2530-A5 71-20 Fail Safe Bolt FORWARD MOUNT Pylon Mount AFT MOUNT Cross Beam Assembly Beam Assembly SHEAR PINS Thrust Link Thrust Link For Training Purposes Only Support Bearing Figure 38 FRA US/T bu August 2001 Engine Mounts Page: 75 .

The major components which comprise the nacelle are: S the air inlet cowl S the fan cowls (left and right hand) S The ”C” ducts which incorporate the hydraulically operated thrust reverser unit.is gained by opening the hinged ”C” ducts. Spring−loaded latches hold the doors in place. they will not latch close again automatically. S The air starter valve and pressure relief door in the right fan cowl S and the oil tank service pressure relief door in the left fan cowl. S the Combined Nozzle Assembly (CNA) ACCESS DOORS & OPENINGS Access to units mounted on the low pressure compressor (fan) case and external gearbox is gained by opening the hinged fan cowls. Access to the core engine .and the units mounted on it . FRA US/T bu August 2001 Page: Page: 76 .2 bar (2.Lufthansa Technical Training POWER PLANT COWLINGS A319/A320/A321 V2530-A5 71-10 ATA 71-10 NACELLE ACCESS DOORS & OPENINGS NACELLE GENERAL The nacelle ensures airflow around the engine during its operation and also provides protection for the engine and accessories. Pressure relief Doors: Two access doors also operate as pressure relief doors.9007 psi) and more. For Training Purposes Only The two pressure relief doors protect the core compartment against a differential overpressure of 0. If overpressure causes one or the two doors in a nacelle to open during flight. The door (doors) will be found open during ground inspections.They are installed on each nacelle.

Lufthansa Technical Training POWER PLANT COWLINGS A319/A320/A321 V2530-A5 71-10 RIGHT SIDE STRAKE ACAC OUTLET STRAKE For Training Purposes Only PRESSURE RELIEF DOOR LEFT SIDE ACAC OUTLET Figure 39 FRA US/T bu August 2001 Nacelle Access Doors Page: Page: 77 .

Be careful when opening the doors in winds of more than 26 knots (30mph) Warning The fan cowl doors must not be opened in winds of more than 52 knots (60mph) Warning The fan cowl hold open struts must be in the extended position and both struts must always be used to hold the doors open.Lufthansa Technical Training POWER PLANT COWLINGS A319/A320/A321 V2530-A5 71-10 FAN COWLS OPENING / CLOSING The fan cowl doors extend rearwards from the inlet cowl to overlap leading edge of the ”C” ducts. Storage brackets are provided to securely locate the struts when they are not in use. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T bu August 2001 Page: Page: 78 .When in the open position the fan cowls are supported by two telescopic hold − open struts.using support points provided on the fan case (rear) and inlet cowl (front).

Lufthansa Technical Training POWER PLANT COWLINGS A319/A320/A321 V2530-A5 71-10 DETAIL AT 4 POSITIONS For Training Purposes Only Figure 40 FRA US/T bu August 2001 Fan Cowls Opening / Closing Page: Page: 79 .

Lufthansa Technical Training Power Plant General A319/A320/A321 V2530-A5 71-10 FAN COWL LATCH ADJUSTMENT The mismatch between the two cowl doors can be adjusted by fitting / removing shims. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T bu August 2001 Page: Page: 80 . Latch tension is adjusted by use of the adjusting nut at the back of the latch keeper as shown below.as shown below.

Lufthansa Technical Training Power Plant General A319/A320/A321 V2530-A5 71-10 For Training Purposes Only Figure 41 FRA US/T bu August 2001 Fan Cowl Latch Adjustment Page: Page: 81 .

6.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE EXHAUST THRUST REVERSER COWLS A319/A320/A321 V2530-A5 78-32 ATA 78-32 THRUST REVERSER COWL DOORS T/R COWLING ( ”C-DUCT” ) OPENING / CLOSING Caution Before opening: 1. Deactivate Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control Unit ( HCU ) FADEC power ”OFF” Put Warning Notices in the Cockpit FRA US/T bu August 2001 Page: 82 . For Training Purposes Only Wing slats must be retracted and deactivated. If reverser is deployed. 2. All 6 latches & take . pylon fairing must be removed.up devices must be released. 5. 3. 4.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE EXHAUST THRUST REVERSER COWLS A319/A320/A321 V2530-A5 78-32 PYLON FAIRING With deployed reverser the fairing must be removed ! For Training Purposes Only REVERSER CASCADES Figure 42 FRA US/T bu August 2001 C-Duct Opening/Closing Page: 83 .

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE EXHAUST THRUST REVERSER COWLS A319/A320/A321 V2530-A5 78-32 THRUST REVERSER HALF LATCHES 6 Latches are provided to keep the Thrust Reverser Halfs in the closed position. They are located : S 1 Front latch ( access through the left fan cowl ) S 3 Bifurcation latches ( access through a panel under the C-Duct halves ) S 2 latches on the reverser translating sleeve ( Double Latch ) For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T bu August 2001 Page: 84 .

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE EXHAUST THRUST REVERSER COWLS A319/A320/A321 V2530-A5 78-32 C A B For Training Purposes Only Figure 43 FRA US/T bu August 2001 Thrust Reverser Half Latches Page: 85 .

inside the L/H ”C” duct.This is necessary to compress the ”C” duct seals far enough to enable the latch hooks to engage with the latch keepers. The take up device is a ”turnbuckle” arrangement which is used to draw the two ”C” ducts together.INSTALLED ON THE C-DUCT INDICA TE THAT THE BIFURCATION LATCHES ARE OPEN. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T bu August 2001 Page: 86 . Auxiliary Latch Assembly ). is provided to gain access to the three BIFURCATION ”C” duct latches and the ”C” duct take up device (also called.as shown below .when not in use. The take up device is used both when closing and opening the ”C” ducts. NOTE: RED OPEN FLAGS . The take up device must be disengaged and returned to its stowage bracket.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE EXHAUST THRUST REVERSER COWLS A319/A320/A321 V2530-A5 78-32 LATCH ACCESS PANEL & TAKE UP DEVICE An access panel .

Open Indicator on the Bifurcation Latch. For Training Purposes Only Open-Indicator ( 3 installed ) Figure 44 FRA US/T bu August 2001 Latch Panel & Take Up Device Page: 87 .Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE EXHAUST THRUST REVERSER COWLS A319/A320/A321 V2530-A5 78-32 DETAIL VIEW of a typical Latch .

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT YOU POSITION THE FRONT LATCH CORRECTLY AGAINST THE FRONT LATCH OPEN INDICATOR WHILE YOU PULL THE THRUST REVERSER HALVES TOGETHER WITH THE AUXILIARY LATCH ASSEMBLY. The open -indicator gets in view through a gap in the cowling ( also when the thrust reverser halfs are closed ) to indicate a not propper closed reverser cowl.(TAKE UP DEVICE) IF YOU DO NOT DO THIS .Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE EXHAUST THRUST REVERSER COWLS A319/A320/A321 V2530-A5 78-32 FRONT LATCH AND OPEN INDICATOR Access to the front latch is gained through the left hand fan cowl. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T bu August 2001 Page: 88 . The latch is equipped with a red open indicator.THE FRONT LATCH CAN GET CAUGHT BETWEEN THE THRUST REVERSER HALVES AND THE AUXILIARY LATCH ASSEMBLY AND THE HOOK CAN GET DAMAGED.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE EXHAUST THRUST REVERSER COWLS A319/A320/A321 V2530-A5 78-32 B SPRING For Training Purposes Only FRONT LATCH OPEN INDICATOR RED FRONT LATCH OPEN INDICATOR FRONT LATCH Figure 45 FRA US/T bu August 2001 Front Latch with Open Indicator Page: 89 .

For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T bu August 2001 Page: 90 . A hydraulic hand pump must be connected to a self sealing /quick release hydraulic connection for opening.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE EXHAUST THRUST REVERSER COWLS A319/A320/A321 V2530-A5 78-32 C .DUCT OPENING / CLOSING SYSTEM On each ”C” duct a single acting hydraulic actuator is provided for opening. NOTE: THE HYDRAULIC FLUID USED IN THE SYSTEM IS ENGINE LUBRICATING OIL.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE EXHAUST THRUST REVERSER COWLS A319/A320/A321 V2530-A5 78-32 For Training Purposes Only Figure 46 FRA US/T bu August 2001 ”C” Duct Opening/Closing Page: 91 .

ducts in the open position. WARNING: BOTH STRUTS MUST ALWAYS BE USED TO SUPPORT THE ’C’ DUCTS IN THE OPEN POSITION.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE EXHAUST THRUST REVERSER COWLS A319/A320/A321 V2530-A5 78-32 C .H. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T bu August 2001 Page: 92 .duct The front strut is a fixed length strut.duct to support the C . THE ’C’ DUCTS WEIGH APPROX 578 LBS EACH. The arrangement for the L. SERIOUS INJURY TO PERSONNEL WORKING UNDER THE ’C’ DUCTS CAN OCCUR IF THE ’C’ DUCT IS SUDDENLY RELEASED. the R.not in use the struts are located in stowage brackets provided inside the C . ’C’ duct is similar. The rear strut is a telescopic strut and must be extended before use. The struts engage with anchorage points located on the engine as shown below. ’C’ duct is shown below. When.H.DUCT HOLD OPEN STRUTS Two hold open struts are provided on each C .

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE EXHAUST THRUST REVERSER COWLS A319/A320/A321 V2530-A5 78-32 For Training Purposes Only Figure 47 FRA US/T bu August 2001 „C“ Duct Hold Open Struts Page: 93 .

Lubrication System Components The lubrication system consits of four subsystems: − the lubrication supply system − the lubrication scavenge system − the oil seal pressurization system − the sump venting system. The oil system lubricates the engine components. chip detectors. pressure relief and bypass valves. It contains S − the oil tank S − the lube and scavenge pump modules S − the fuel/oil heat and air/oil heat exchangers S − the filters.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE OIL SYSTEM A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 79−00 ATA 79 OIL 79−00 GENERAL Oil System Presentation The lubrication system is self−contained and thus requires no airframe supplied components other than certain instrumentation and remote fill and drain port disconnectors on the oil tank. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T bu August 2001 Page: Page: 94 .These ports are used to refill the oil tank promptly and precisely by allowing the airlines to quick−connect a pressurized oil line and a drain line.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE OIL SYSTEM A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 79−00 For Training Purposes Only Figure 48 FRA US/T bu August 2001 Oil System Basic Schematic Page: Page: 95 .

A low pressure warning switch.There is a disposable cartridge type scavenge filter at the outlet of the scavenge pumps before returning to the oil tank. The No.the pressure supplied to each location is controlled by a restrictor. is provided in the main oil line before the bearing compartments and after the ACOC and FCOC at the same tapping points as the oil pressure sensor.At engine idle power.40 0C − MIN. System Monitoring and Limitations The operation of the engine oil system may be monitored by the following flight deck indications. Lubrication System Components The lubrication system consits of four subsystems: − the lubrication supply system − the lubrication scavenge system − the oil seal pressurization system − the sump venting system. Oil from the oil tank enters the one stage pressure pump and the discharge flow is sent directly to the oil filter. The savenge oil is then piped. thevalve opens to provide the maximum area for scavenge flow. At higher power.either directly or through the de-oiler to the 5 stage scavenge pumps.4 bearing compartment to protect the seals by maintaining low pressure differentials across compartment walls and minimizes air leakage into the bearing chamber.A valve allows oil to bypass the scavenge filter when the filter differential pressure exceeds 20 psi. S No.4 bearing two position scavenge valve is operated pnuematically by tenth stage air and controls vented air flow from the bearing compartment in response to specific levels of engine thrust setting. gives cockpit indication of impending scavenge filter bypass. upstream of the two position scavenge valve. It is a hot tank system that is not pressure regulated. to the bearings. The oil then is piped through the air cooled oil cooler and the fuel cooled oil cooler . upstream of any restrictors. The oil pressure is measured as a differential between the main supply line pressure.These ports are used to refill the oil tank promptly and precisely by allowing the airlines to quick−connect a pressurized oil line and a drain line.Except for the No 3 bearing damper and the No.which are part of the Heat Management System (HMS) . PRIOR TAKE OFF: 500C − MAX CONTINIOUS: 1550C − MAX TRANSIENT: 1650C S oil tank contents 25 US quarts In addition warnings may be given for the following non normal conditions: S low oil pressure − RED LINE LIMIT: 60 PSI − AMBER LINE LIMIT: 80 PSI S scavenge filter clogged. The scavenge valve pressure transducer senses the pressure present in the scavenge line upstream of the scavenge valve and supplies a signal to the EIU. FRA US/T bu August 2001 the valve closes to a reduced area which provides. A differential pressure warning switch set at 12 psi.adequate pressure in the No. and the pressure in the No.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE OIL SYSTEM A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 79−00 79−00 GENERAL Oil System Presentation System Description The lubrication system is self−contained and thus requires no airframe supplied components other than certain instrumentation and remote fill and drain port disconnectors on the oil tank. S engine oil pressure S engine oil temperature 0 C − MINIMUM STARTING: . A pressure relief valve at the filter housing limits pump discharge pressure to approximately 450 psi to protect downstream components.4 bearing compartment scavenge line.The engine oil temperature is measured in the combined scavenge line to the oil tank.4 bearing compartment.which ensures that engine oil. For Training Purposes Only Page: Page: 96 .IDG oil and fuel temperatures are maintained at acceptable levels.There is a ”last chance” strainer at the entry of each compartment to prevent blockage by any debris / carbon flakes in the oil. which is set for 60 psi. A coarse cleanable filter is employed.This allows for cockpit monitoring of low oil pressure.PRIOR EXCEEDING IDLE : -10 − MIN. 4 compartment scavenge valve inoperative.

2 & 3 BEARINGS OIL TANK FILLER CAP NO. ECAM MESS: ” OIL FILTER CLOG )” RESTRICTOR NO. WARNING SWITCH ( 60 PSI ) OIL PRESS.5 BEARING FUEL FILTER OUT NO 1.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE OIL SYSTEM A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 79−00 OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR( HMS ) BYPASS VLV‘ S ACOC FUEL IN OIL TANK PRESSURIZATION VLV FAN AIR FCOC ENG OIL SCAVENGE FILTER ∆ P SWITCH ( 12 PSI . 4 BEARING OIL QTY XMTR ANTI-DRAIN VLV BUFFER AIR ( 12TH ) FLOW TIMING VLV COLD START PRESS RELIEF VLV ( 450 ∆ PSI ) CAVITY DRAIN LINE SCAVENGE FILTER BYPASS VLV ( 20 PSI ∆ P ) MASTER CHIP DETECTOR For Training Purposes Only NO 4 BEARING PRESS XMTR BIFURCATION PANEL REED SWITCH OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR SCAVENGE FILTER NO 4 BEARING COMPARTMENT 2 POSITION SCAVENGE VLV SCAVENGE PUMPS DE-OILER BREATER 10TH AIR STAGE AIR LOW OIL PRESS. XMTR Figure 49 FRA US/T bu August 2001 Oil System Schematic Page: Page: 97 .

. FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 98 .(possible Carbon seal failure ) or scavenge valve stuck in closed or scavenge line pressure sensor malfunction.C S turns amber when oil TEMP < 10 deg C or > 165 deg C.Oil quantity indication flashes green (Advisory): S when QTY <4quarts.Oil pressure indication color turns red (W arning) : S when press <60PSI..indications: S oil quantity (quarts) S oil temperature (degree celsius) S oil pressure (psi) .−Eng.Oil filter clog (White & amber) warning appears on the screen when the engine scavenge filter is clogged.audio and visual warnings: S oil low pressure (LO PRESS) S oil filter clogging (OIL FILTER CLOG) 2. 3.Oiltemperature indication flashes green (Advisory) : S when TEMP >156 deg...Lufthansa Technical Training OIL SYSTEM INDICATING ECAM OIL INDICATIONS 1. 4 bearing compartment pressure is is to high according to the valve position and a high burner press. For Training Purposes Only 5. ( class 2 ) S and a message SCAVENGE VALVE FAULT is displayed when the valve is not in the correct position according to the sensed burner pressure. 4. S The massage HI PRESS is displayed when the No.1 (2) BEARING 4 OIL SYS. A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 79-30 79-30 OIL INDICATING SYSTEM General The oil system monitoring is performed by: . Oil HI TEMP is displayed : S when oil TEMP >165 deg C or 156 deg C more than 15 min.

Lufthansa Technical Training OIL SYSTEM INDICATING A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 79-30 1 2 3 For Training Purposes Only Figure 50 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 ECAM Oil Indication Page: 99 .

FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 100 . The massage HI PRESS is displayed when the No. This digital signal is then transmitted to the lower ECAM display unit through the FWCs and the DMC. SDAC1. FILT.400 PSI . The order of priority has been defined as follows: SDAC 1 SDAC 2 EIU.(possible Carbon seal failure ) or scavenge valve stuck in closed or scavenge line pressure sensor malfunction.C .The EIU transforms this signal into a digital signal. ( class 2 ) and a message SCAVENGE VALVE FAULT is displayed when the valve is not in the correct position according to the sensed burner pressure. The DMC’s process the information received as a priority order from the EIU’s through FWC 1 and 2. The oil quantity displayed in green on the ECAM display unit is graduated from: S 0 to 25.2 and then to ECAM.1 (2) BEARING 4 OIL SYS. OIL PRESSURE INDICATION The analog signal from the oil pressure transmitter is transmitted to the SDAC 1.the maximum oil tank capacity is 30. The oil pressure indication scale is graduated from 0 . SDAC2..5 US qts) S 0 to 99. 4 bearing compartment pressure is is to high according to the valve position and a high burner press. This digital signal is then transmitted to the lower ECAM display unit through the FWCs and the DMC. The ECAM oil temperature indication scale is graduated from 0 deg.The EIU transforms this signal into a digital signal.SDAC2 and the EIU .C to 999 deg. PRESSURE WARNING The Scavenge filter diff. DIFF. The low oil pressure information is send to different aircraft systems.8 qts in analog form (the normal max-usable oil quantity in the tank is 25 US qts. For Training Purposes Only NO. Low Oil Pressure switching: S To Steering (ATA 32-51) S To Door Warning (ATA 52-73) S To FWC (ATA 31-52) S To FAC (ATA 22 ) S To FMGC (ATA 22-65) S To IDG System Control (ATA 24-21 ) Low Oil Pressure Switching via EIU: S To CIDS (ATA 23-73) S To DFDRS INTCOM Monitoring (ATA 31-33 ) S To CVR Power Supply (ATA 23-71) S To WHC (ATA 30-42) S To PHC (ATA 30-31) S To FCDC (ATA 27-95) S To Blue Main Hydraulic PWR (ATA 29-12) S To Rain RPLNT ( ATA 30-45 ) OIL TEMPERATURE INDICATION The analog signal from the scavenge oil temperature thermocouple is transmitted to the EIU. A message will be displayed on the E/WD.Lufthansa Technical Training OIL SYSTEM INDICATING LOW OIL PRESSURE SWITCH A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 79-30 OIL QUANTITY INDICATING The analog signal from the oil quantity transmitter is sent to: − the SDAC1 − the SDAC2 − the EIU which transforms the analog signal into a digital signal.4 BEARING WARNING Two EIU logics provide a warning message to the ECAM : Eng. SCAV.9 in digital form.pressure warning is send to the SDAC 1.

Lufthansa Technical Training OIL SYSTEM INDICATING A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 79-30 For Training Purposes Only Figure 51 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Basic Schematic Page: 101 .

This make sure that the oil level shown in the tank is correct before oil is added. The normal max-usable oil quantity in the tank is 25 US qts.the oil tank should be checked and oil added.5 US qts Features: S oil qty. within a period of 5 to 20 minutes after engine shutdown. H.a dry motoring must be performed.the maximum oil tank capacity is 30. transmitter S pressure and gravity fill ports S sight glass for level indication S internal deaerator S tank pressurisation valve ( 6 psi ) S strainer in tank outlet S mounting for scavenge filter and master chip detector ENGINE OIL SERVICING Where conditions permit. side of the gearbox.If the engine is stopped for 10 hours or more.if necessary ..Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE OIL SYSTEM A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 79−00 OIL TANK The tank is located on the top L. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T bu August 2001 Page: Page: 102 .

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE OIL SYSTEM A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 79−00 SIGHT GLASS For Training Purposes Only Figure 52 FRA US/T bu August 2001 Oil Tank Page: Page: 103 .

Oil Tank The tank is located on the top L. transmitter S pressure and gravity fill ports S sight glass for level indication S internal deaerator S tank pressurisation valve ( 6 psi ) S strainer in tank outlet S mounting for scavenge filter and master chip detector A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 79−00 79-00 OIL SYSYSTEM COMPONENTS Power Supply The system is supplied with 28VDC from busbar ENG 1. Description : The oil quantity tranmitter is a tank probe with a capacitor (tube portion) and an electronic module (on the top of the transmitter) for probe energizing and signal output. Output voltage : 1VDC to 9VDC varying linearly with the usable oil quantity from 0 to 25.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE OIL SYSTEM OIL QUANTITY TRANSMITTER The oil quantity transmitter is located in the oil tank. The normal max-usable oil quantity in the tank is 25 US qts.101PP (DC BUS 1 ) through circuit breaker 1EN1 (2EN1).the maximum oil tank capacity is 30.8 quarts.a dry motoring must be performed.This make sure that the oil level shown in the tank is correct before oil is added. side of the gearbox..the oil tank should be checked and oil added.if necessary . For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T bu August 2001 Page: Page: 104 . H.If the engine is stopped for 10 hours or more. Engine Oil Servicing Where conditions permit. within a period of 5 to 20 minutes after engine shutdown.5 US qts Features: S oil qty.

Lufthansa Technical Training

ENGINE OIL SYSTEM

A319/A320/A321
IAE V2530-A5

79−00

A

A
OIL QUANTITY TRANSMITTER

SIGHT GLASS

For Training Purposes Only

Figure 53
FRA US/T bu August 2001

Oil Tank
Page: Page: 105

Lufthansa Technical Training

ENGINE OIL SYSTEM

A319/A320A321
IAE V2530-A5

79−00 OIL PRESSURE PUMP
The pressure pump is a one stage gear type pump and supplies oil under pressure to the engine bearings,gearbox drive and accessory drives. The oil is pumped through a pressure filter to remove any large debris.It has a cleanable filter element.The pressure filter housing is installed at the oil pressure pump . The pressure filter housing incorporates a pressure priming connection and a antidrain valve to prevent oil loss during removal. The filter does not have a bypass. The pressure pump housing incorporates the pressure filter ,a cold start pressure relief valve and a pressure pump flow trimming valve. The pressure relief valve bypasses the pressure circuit during cold starts. LOCATION The pump is attached to the front face of the external gearbox on the left hand side,just below the oil tank.

For Training Purposes Only

FRA US/T bu

August 2001

Page: Page: 106

Lufthansa Technical Training

ENGINE OIL SYSTEM

A319/A320A321
IAE V2530-A5

79−00

For Training Purposes Only

Figure 54
FRA US/T bu August 2001

Pressure Pump & Filter
Page: Page: 107

Lufthansa Technical Training

ENGINE OIL SYSTEM ACOC OIL TEMPERATURE THERMOCOUPLE

A319/A320/A321
IAE V2530-A5

79−00 AIR COOLED OIL COOLER (ACOC)
Location The ACOC is mounted on the engine fan case. Operation The ACOC is a additional oil cooler which removes heat from the engine lubricating oil using fan air and maintains the oil temperature within the specified range. The filtered oil flows through the air cooled oil cooler before being cooled again through the fuel cooled oil cooler. The cooling air and the oil flows through the air / oil heat exchanger are shown below. Features S oil bypass valve S ACOC oil temperature thermocouple ( for heat management system ) S modulated air flow as commanded by EEC ( heat management system ). air flow regulated by air modulating valve. S Fuel pressure operated actuator S Feedback LVDT

(refer to 73-20 Heat Management System) The ACOC thermocouple is used for the heat management system which is controlled by the EEC.

ACOC AIR MODULATING VALVE FAIL SAFE POSITION : ”OPEN” For Training Purposes Only

FRA US/T bu

August 2001

Page: Page: 108

Lufthansa Technical Training

ENGINE OIL SYSTEM

A319/A320/A321
IAE V2530-A5

79−00

ACOC OIL TEMPERATURE THERMOCOUPLE

For Training Purposes Only

Figure 55
FRA US/T bu August 2001

ACOC Air Flow
Page: Page: 109

Lufthansa Technical Training

ENGINE OIL SYSTEM

A319/A320/A321
IAE V2530-A5

79−00 FUEL COOLED OIL COOLER (FCOC)
Location The oil passed through the ACOC flows through the Fuel Cooled Oil Cooler (FCOC) ,installed on the left hand side of the fan casing,before it is sent to the bearing compartments and both the angle and main gearboxes. Purpose S The FCOC cools the oil by using low pressure fuel. S The FCOC also warms the low temperature fuel to the de-icing level. S The FCOC has 2 bypass valves. Description The FCOC consits of a housing containing a removable core,a header and a fuel filter cap.The core is composed of vacuum brazed tubes through which fuel passes. Bypass valves S One is an oil pressure relief bypass valve which diverts the excessive oil pressure during engine cold start. S The other is a fuel filter bypass valve which ensures fuel flow in the event of fuel filter clogging.

For Training Purposes Only

FRA US/T bu

August 2001

Page: Page: 110

Lufthansa Technical Training

ENGINE OIL SYSTEM

A319/A320/A321
IAE V2530-A5

79−00

LOCATION

OUT
OIL

IN

A

DRAIN HOLE

For Training Purposes Only

Figure 56
FRA US/T bu August 2001

Fuel Cooled Oil Cooler
Page: Page: 111

Lufthansa Technical Training

ENGINE OIL SYSTEM

A319/A320/A321
IAE V2530-A5

79−00 SCAVENGE SYSTEM
The scavenge system main components are: − chip detectors, − 6 scavenge pumps with strainers, − one common scavenge filter. − a 2−positions scavenge valve.( Bearing No.4 )

SCAVENGE PUMPS
Purpose The scavenge pump returns the oil back to the oil tank. Description The scavenge pump is a five−stage gear type pump on the rear left side of the geabox. Four stages of the scavenge pump are two−gear displacement pumps . The stage used for the two main gearbox scavenge lines consists of three meshing gears producing two inlets and outlets on opposite sides.All 6 scavenge pumps are housed together as a single unit.The pump capacity is determined by the width of the gears.

For Training Purposes Only

FRA US/T bu

August 2001

Page: Page: 112

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE OIL SYSTEM A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 79−00 SCAVENGE For Training Purposes Only Figure 57 FRA US/T bu August 2001 Scavenge Pump Assembly Page: Page: 113 .

The unit consists of a sealed.near the FCOC. Switches the ECAM OIL FILTER CLOG warning when the filter becomes blocked ( +12PSI or . wire−wound resistance element. Features S disposable filter element S by-pass valve (opens when filter clogs) S Differential pressure connections S provides housing for the master magnetic chip detector S Oil Temperature sensor Engine Oil Temperature The scavenge oil temperature thermocouple is located in the combined scavenge line between the master magnetic chip detector and the scavenge filter for indication in the cockpit. C. Scavenge Filter Differential Press. The oil temperature is sensed by a dual resistor unit.This digital signal is then transmitted to the lower ECAM display unit through the FWCs and the DMC. Location The filter is mounted to the rear of the oil tank.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE OIL SYSTEM A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 79−00 SCAVENGE OIL COMPONENTS Scavenge Filter The flows from the 6 scavenge pumps are mixed together at the scavenge filter common filter inlet. Temperature measurement range: − 60 deg.2 PSI dif ferential press) For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T bu August 2001 Page: Page: 114 . C to 250 deg. The EIU transforms this signal into a digital signal. This element causes a linear change in the DC resistance when exposed to a temperature change. The analog signal from the scavenge oil temperature thermocouple is transmitted to the EIU. Switch The scavenge filter differential pressure switch is installed on a bracket at the top left side of the engine fan case.

SENSOR ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR OIL TEMP.Delta P.) WARNING SWITCH ( DELTA P.RING SCAVENGE OIL FILTER For Training Purposes Only Figure 58 FRA US/T bu August 2001 Scavenge Filter.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE OIL SYSTEM A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 79−00 SCAVENGE FILTER DIFFERENTIAL (PRESS. DROP. Sensor Page: Page: 115 . 12 PSI ) OIL TEMP.Sw and Oil Temp. SENSOR SEAL .

S provides location for the No. S return the oil to the oil scavenge system via its own scavenge pump.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE OIL SYSTEM A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 79−00 DE-OILER Location The de-oiler is bolted to the right hand front face of the external gearbox. Features S provides mounting for the No.4 bearing chamber scavenge valve. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T bu August 2001 Page: Page: 116 . S vent the air overboard through the R/H fan cowl. S overboard vent. Purpose S To separate the breather air/oil mixture.4 bearing magnetic chip detector housing.

Figure 59 FRA US/T bu August 2001 De-Oiler Page: Page: 117 .Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE OIL SYSTEM A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 79−00 FROM OIL TANK BREATER AIR For Training Purposes Only FROM NO 4 BEARING SCAVENGE VALVE.

S Fully open at low engine speeds( stage 10 air less than 150 PSI ) S Minimum open at high engine speed (stage 10 air more than 200 PSI ) Purpose The purpose of the No. Linear output 1VDC to 9 VDC (0 To 300 PSIG).4 bearing carbon−seal failure. Features S Position feed back signal to EIU ( reed switch ) S uses stage 10 air as servo air S uses value of pressure of stage 10 air as operating parameter.4 bearing pressure transducer is installed on the right side of the deoiler and senses pressure at the No.4 bearing compartment seal differential pressure to reduce overboard loss of vent air and to prevent deteriation of the carbon seals by restricting the venting of the compartment air/oil mixture to the de-oiler . Purpose Maintains No.4 bearing outlet line. The No. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T bu August 2001 Page: Page: 118 .Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE OIL SYSTEM NO 4 BEARING PRESSURE TRANSDUCER A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 79−00 NO4 BEARING SCAVENGE VALVE Location The valve is mounted on the front face of the de-oiler casing.4 bearing indicating system is to monitor the correct operation of the No. Type of valve Pneumatically operated two position valve.4 bearing 2−position scavenge valve and to detect a No.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE OIL SYSTEM A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 79−00 A A NO.4 BEARING PRESSURE TRANSDUCER 10TH STAGE AIR For Training Purposes Only NO.4 Bearing Scavenge Valve Page: Page: 119 .4 BEARING OIL INLET DE-OILER CASE POSITION REED SWITCH Figure 60 FRA US/T bu August 2001 No.

the influence of the magnets on the reed switch increases. As the engine power increases. HIGH POWER SETTING: At engine high power. the flow through the valve is now restricted to one central port in the valve seat. The valve moves towards the max flow or low power position. the valve is held spring loaded in the fully open position. When this pressure exceeds 150 psi. The circuit is broken. SCAV. NO.(possible Carbon seal failure ) or scavenge valve stuck in closed or scavenge line pressure sensor malfunction.1 (2) BEARING 4 OIL SYS. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T bu August 2001 Page: Page: 120 . ( class 2 ) and a message SCAVENGE VALVE FAULT is displayed when the valve is not in the correct position according to the sensed burner pressure. uncovering the ports in the valve seat and restoring maximum flow through the valve. Full travel is achieved at PS10 pressure of approximately 210 psi. the bearing scavenge valve closes (to maintain the No. restricted only by the porting in the valve seat. the influence of the magnets on the reed switch decreases and the reed switch opens. completing the circuit and indicating the valve position.4 BEARING SCAVENGE VALVE INDICATING The EIU incorporates three logics allowing the monitoring of the scavenge valve operation as well as a No. The No. the spring load overcomes the decreasing PS10 pressure. The bearing compartment scavenge flow passes through the valve.4 bearing pressure XMTR in the oil return line to the deoiler. the valve moves away from the max flow stop. low power and high power.4 bearing pressure ratio in the bearing compartment) and the reed switch on the valve opens.seal failure LOW POWER SETTING: At engine low power.The transducer supplies a pressure signal to one of the three EIU logics. This is due to the pressure acting on the differential areas of the valve and overcoming the spring load.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE OIL SYSTEM A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 79−00 NO4 BEAR. As the valve moves towards the peripheral ports in the seat. As the engine power decreases.4 bearing carbon . the PS10 pressure rises. 4 bearing compartment pressure is is to high according to the valve position and a high burner press.4 bearing internal pressure is measured by the No. In the low−power position. The reed switch closes. The massage HI PRESS is displayed when the No. indicating that the valve has moved. the bearing scavenge valve is open and the reed switch on the valve closes providing a ground signal for the EIU logic. VALVE DESCRIPTION Operation There are two basic operating positions. The valve moves towards the min flow or high power setting. where the compressor 10th stage pressure (PS10) is less than 150 PSI. As the valve moves away from the max flow stop. As the valve approaches the maximum flow stop. totally closing these ports. Two EIU logics provide a warning message to the ECAM : Eng.

4 BEARING SCAVENGE VALVE OIL PRESS XMTR OIL PRESSURE LOW OIL PRESS.4 BEARING PRESS XMTR EEC PB EIU Figure 61 No.4 Bearing Scavenge Valve Page: Page: 121 FRA US/T bu August 2001 . SWITCH For Training Purposes Only TO DEOILER REED SW OIL AND AIR NO.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE OIL SYSTEM A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 79−00 MAKE UP AIR 10TH STAGE SOLENOID VALVE TO OTHER BLEED SOLENOID VALVES MAKE UP AIR VALVE FAN AIR BUFFER AIR COOLER ( ACAC) BUFFER AIR 10 TH STAGE AIR (4X) EEC COMBUSTION CHAMBER STAGE 10 AIR STAGE 12 MAX FLOW             MIN FLOW                                       BEARING 4 COMPARTMENT NO.

This will result in a pressure drop. 4 compartment scavenge oil pressure range is 0 to 160 PSI . ( the oil pressure is the differential pressure of the oil pressure feed line and the scavenge line). A closing of the valve (at approx. The No. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T bu August 2001 Page: Page: 122 . 85% N2 ) will restrict the return scavenge flow to the deoiler.because the ratio of the pressures will change.4 Bearing Scavenge Valve.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE OIL SYSTEM A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 79−00 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE The Oil pressure is directly linked to the opening and closing of the No. Normal operating pressure is 0-145 PSI after three minutes of stabilization at idle speed.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE OIL SYSTEM A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 79−00 For Training Purposes Only Figure 62 FRA US/T bu August 2001 Oil Pressure Chart Page: Page: 123 .

The other tube connects to the No. S The oil pressure transmitter is connected to the engine oil system by two steel tubes. S Power supply : 28VDC from busbar 101PP (202PP). 4 bearing oil scavenge tube (to the oil scavenge pump). For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T bu August 2001 Page: Page: 124 .beside the oil pressure transmitter. The indication of this pressure comes electrically from an oil pressure transmitter on each engine.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE OIL SYSTEM LOW OIL PRESSURE SWITCH A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 79−00 OIL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSING General The oil pressure indicating system gives a cockpit indication of the engine oil system working pressure. S The oil pressure transmitter is bolted to a bracket on the top left side of the engine fan case. S Pressure range : 0 to 400 psid. The set point range is between 45psi and 75psi. One tube connects to the oil supply tube (to the engine and gearbox bearings).4 bearing scavenge tube. When the oil pressure drops below 60 psi the switch closes and a red warning is triggert in the cockpit. The oil pressure switch is connected between the oil supply tube and the No. The low oil pressure switch is installed on a bracket at the top left side of the engine fan case. S Output voltage : 1VDC to 9VDC varying linearly with pressure from 0 to 400 psid.

Transmitter Low Oil Press Switch Figure 63 FRA US/T bu August 2001 LOP Switch and Oil Press.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE OIL SYSTEM A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 79−00 LOCATION Scavenge Oil Pressure Port Pressure Port For Training Purposes Only Oil Press. Transmitter Page: Page: 125 .

CAUTION: DO NOT TRY TO INSTALL THE MCD IF THE SEAL RINGS ARE NOT INSTALLED.C. ‘s are used in the oil scavenge system.4 bearing is located in the de-oiler scavenge outlet).1. The M.D.A SAFTEY MECHANISM IS INSTALLED IN THE MCD HOUSING TO PREVENT INSTALLATION OF THE MCD IF THE FRONT SEAL RING IS NOT INSTALLED. IF ONLY THE FRONT SEAL RING IS INSTALLED .D. Magnetic Chip Detectors Location The M.2 and 3 bearings S main gearbox / L/H scavenge pick-up S angle gearbox are located to the rear of the main gearbox on the L/H side .‘s for: S No.D.C. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T bu August 2001 Page: Page: 126 . (two in the case of the main gearbox)although that for the No. ‘s for: S No. FAILURE OF THIS SEAL RING COULD RESULT IN AN IN-FLIGHT SHUTDOWN OF THE ENGINE BECAUSE OF OIL LEAKAGE.C.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE OIL SYSTEM A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 79−00 MAGNETIC CHIP DETECTORS (M.) A total of 7 M.D.5 bearing S De .C.C.D.oiler ( No.4 bearing ) S Main gearbox ( R/H scavenge pick up ) are located as shown below. Each bearing compartment and gearbox has its own deticated M.as shown below.

4 BEARING For Training Purposes Only Figure 64 FRA US/T bu August 2001 Chip Detectors Page: Page: 127 .Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE OIL SYSTEM A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 79−00 No.

indicates a problem then each of the other M. If the master M. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T bu August 2001 Page: Page: 128 .D.A SAFTEY MECHANISM IS INSTALLED IN THE MCD HOUSING TO PREVENT INSTALLATION OF THE MCD IF THE FRONT SEAL RING IS NOT INSTALLED.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE OIL SYSTEM A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 79−00 MASTER MAGNETIC CHIP DETECTOR The master chip detector is located in the combined scavenge return linie. CAUTION: DO NOT TRY TO INSTALL THE MCD IF THE SEAL RINGS ARE NOT INSTALLED. IF ONLY THE FRONT SEAL RING IS INSTALLED .D.C.C.on the scavenge filter housing.‘s is inspected to indicate the source of the problem. The Master Chip Detector is accessible through its own access panel in the L/H fan cowl. FAILURE OF THIS SEAL RING COULD RESULT IN AN IN-FLIGHT SHUTDOWN OF THE ENGINE BECAUSE OF OIL LEAKAGE.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE OIL SYSTEM A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 79−00 For Training Purposes Only Figure 65 FRA US/T bu August 2001 Master Magnetic Chip Detector Page: Page: 129 .

connect the overflow drain hose and drain the oil until the correct filling level is reached. the other one for the V2500 engine. FAILURE TO OBSERVE THE OVERFLOW TIME REQUIREMENTS CAN CAUSE HIGH OIL LEVEL CONDITION RESULTING IN ELEVATED OPERATING TEMPERATURES AND DAMAGE/DISCONNECT TO IDG. S The oil level must be at or near the linie between the yellow and green bands. One sight glass serves for the CFM 56 engine. The indicator is installed on the anti drive end of the IDG. NOTE: For Training Purposes Only IF THE OVERFLOW DRAINAGE PROCEDURE IS USED IT CAN TAKE UP TO 20 MINUTES TO COMPLETE. S If the oil level is not at this position. Oil filter A clogged filter indication is provided by a local visual pop out indicator.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE OIL SYSTEM A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 79−00 IDG OIL SERVICING IDG oil pressure fill A quick fill coupling situated on the transmission casing enables pressure filling or topping up the unit with oil. Oil level check You can read the oil level through two sight glasses located on the IDG. This ensures : − the priming of the external circuit − the filtration of any oil introduced. An internal standpipe connected to an overflow drain ensures a correct quantity of oil. The oil thus introduced flows to the transmission via the scavenge filter and external cooler circuit.This will also depressurize the IDG case. FRA US/T bu August 2001 Page: Page: 130 .

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE OIL SYSTEM A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 79−00 A Press Fill Valve V2500 Overflow Drain Valve Dust Cap Dust Cap For Training Purposes Only Figure 66 FRA US/T bu August 2001 IDG Oil Servicing Page: Page: 131 .

Controlling The Fuel Authority Digital Electronic Control (FADEC) system provides full range control of the engine to achieve steady state and transient performance when operated in combination with aircraft subsystems. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 132 . The FMU also provides hydraulic pressure to all hydraulic system external actuators.The FADEC is a dual channel EEC with crosstalk and failure detection capability. These include the Booster Stage Bleed Valve actuators. The major components are S − High and low pressure fuel pumps (dual unit) S − Fueloil heat exchanger S − Low pressure fuel filter S − Fuel Metering Unit (FMU) S − Fuel distribution valve S − 20 fuel injectors S − Diverter and return to tank valve S − IDG fueloil heat exchanger.The transfer between configurations is determined by a software logic contained in the EEC. The fuel diverter and return to tank valve enables the selection of four basic configurations between which the flow paths of the fuel in the engine are varied to maintain the critical IDG oil. The fuel from the HP pump is delivered to the Fuel Metering Unit (FMU) which controls the fuel flow supplied to the fuel nozzles (through the fuel flow meter and the fuel distribution valve). High pressure fuel is also used to provide pressure for some actuators. Stator Vane Actuator.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 73−00 ATA 73 ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL 73−00 FUEL SYSTEM PRESENTATION General The fuel system enables the combustion of fuel under appropriate conditions of flow rate and pressure. Distribution The fuel supplied from aircraft tanks flows through a centrifugal pump (LP stage) then through the Fuel Cooled Oil Cooler and then through a filter and a gear pump (HP stage). ACOC air modulating valve and HPT/LPT Active Clearance Control valve. the FADEC switches from one channel to the other.In case of specific failure detection. Low pressure return fuel from the actuators is routed back into the fuel diverter valve. engine oil and fuel temperatures within specified limits. The FADEC controls the fuel supply via the Fuel Metering Unit (FMU).

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 73−00 For Training Purposes Only Figure 67 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Fuel System Schematic Page: 133 .

− Extensive diagnostic and maintenance capability. − Control of the low and high turbine active clearance control systems. − the engine fuel cooled oil cooler (FCOC). − the fuel distribution valve. Low pressure return fuel from the actuators is routed back into the fuel diverter valve. ACOC air modulating valve and HPT/LPT Active Clearance Control valve. fied limits. Stator Vane Actuator. − the integrated drive generator (IDG) fuel cooled oil cooler (FCOC). engine oil and fuel temperatures within speci- For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 134 . The system consists of: − the two stage fuel pump with low pressure & high pressure ele ments. and burner pressure.The transfer between configurations is determined by a software logic contained in the EEC. − the fuel filter − the fuel diverter and return to tank valve. − 20 fuel nozzles. The fuel from the HP pump is delivered to the Fuel Metering Unit (FMU) which controls the fuel flow supplied to the fuel nozzles (through the fuel flow meter and the fuel distribution valve). engine and IDG oil temperature. stator vanes and bleeds to automatically maintain for ward and reverse thrust settings and to provide satisfactory transient response. − Automatic sequencing of start system components. Controlling The Fuel Authority Digital Electronic Control (FADEC) system provides full range control of the engine to achieve steady state and transient performance when operated in combination with aircraft subsystems. N2.The FADEC is a dual channel EEC with crosstalk and failure detection capability. − Control of the thrust reverser. − the fuel metering unit (FMU). These include the Booster Stage Bleed Valve actuators. maximum allow able thrust. − Protect the powerplant from exceeding limits for N1. The FMU also provides hydraulic pressure to all hydraulic system external actuators. − Control of fuel. the FADEC switches from one channel to the other. − the fuel flow transmitter.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 73−00 73−00 FUEL SYSTEM PRESENTATION General The fuel system enables delivery of a fuel flow corresponding to the power required and compatible with engine limits. DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION Distribution The fuel supplied from aircraft tanks flows through a centrifugal pump (LP stage) then through the Fuel Cooled Oil Cooler and then through a filter and a gear pump (HP stage).In case of specific failure detection. The fuel diverter and return to tank valve enables the selection of four basic configurations between which the flow paths of the fuel in the engine are varied to maintain the critical IDG oil. The FADEC System operates compatibly with applicable aircraft systems to perform the following: − Control of fuel flow.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 73−00 SDAC DMC FWC TANK FUEL TEMP SNSR For Training Purposes Only R V D T Figure 68 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Fuel System Schematic Page: 135 .

The warning and cautions reflect: − the engine health and status through the FADEC. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 136 . The fuel system is monitored by: S The fuel flow indication on the upper ECAM display unit permanently displayed in green and under numerical form. Fuel Used The Fuel Flow Transmitter is installed near the FMU. The differential pressure switch signal is fed directly to the SDAC through the hardware . Fuel flow indication. − the FADEC health & status. − the warning and caution lights.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL INDICATING A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 73−30 ATA 73−30 INDICATING GENERAL Indicating The engine fuel system is monitored from: − the ECAM display. − the fuel filter condition through a dedicated hardwired pressure switch. When the pressure loss in the filter decreases between 0 and −1. The indications cover all the main engine parameters through the FADEC. This causes: − Triggering of the MASTER CAUTion light and single chime. Fuel filter clogging indication The fuel filter clog indication is provided on the lower ECAM display unit. the pressure switch is de−energized which causes the caution to go off.5 psid from the filter clog energizing pressure. The fuel flow transmitter signal is fed to the FADEC which processes it and transmits the information to the ECAM system for display . S The fuel filter clogging caution (amber) on the lower ECAM display unit associated with the MASTER CAUT light and the aural warning (singlechime). the pressure switch is energized. The signals are routed to the EEC and via the DMCs to the ECAM. − The engine page to come on the lower ECAM DU with the caution signal FUEL CLOG. − The associated caution message to come on the upper ECAM DU. The Fuel Used-is calculated in the DMCs . When the pressure loss in the fuel filter exceeds 5 plus or minus 2 psid.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL INDICATING A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 73−30                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         2500           KG/H 2500                                                                                   13000 KG                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         For Training Purposes Only Figure 69 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Fuel System Indication Page: 137 .

It is located on the dual fuel pumps unit. from the FMU to the LP side of the fuel system. A low pressure (LP) stage and a high pressure ( HP ) stage provide fuel at the flows and pressures required for operation of hydromechanical components and for combustion in the burner.M. The LP pump is designed to provide fuel to the HP gear stage with the aircraft pumps inoperative. The FMU.U. and is retained by four bolts as shown below. Any fuel supplied by the HP pumps which is not needed for these two uses is returned. OR OUTPUTS FROM THE FMU.which is much more than the engine requires . fuel proceeds through the fuel filter to the HP gear stage. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T bu August 2001 Page: 138 . In addition to the fuel metering function the FMU also houses the : S Overspeed Valve S Pressure Raising and Shut Off Valve The overspeed valve under the control of the EEC. provides overspeed protection for the LP ( N1 ) and HP ( N2 ) rotors. All the fuel delivered by the HP fuel pumps . two gear pump. A coarse mesh strainer is provided at the inlet to the HP gear stage. It also supplies HP fuel for the operation ( muscle ) of a number of actuators. under the control of the EEC meters the fuel supply to the spray nozzles. The Pressure Raising and Shut Off Valve provides isolation of the fuel supplies at engine stop . After passing through the LP boost stage. The LP stage receives fuel from aircraft tanks through the aircraft pumps. The housing has provision for mounting the fuel metering unit ( FMU ).passes to the F . The unit consists of a LP centrifugal boost stage which feeds an HP single stage. NOTE : THERE ARE NO MECHANICAL INPUTS TO. This stage is protected from overpressure by a relief valve. Exceeding flow from the gearstage pump is recirculated through the FMU bypass loop to the low pressure side of the pump. A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 A5 73−20 FUEL METERING UNIT The FMU is the interface between the EEC and the fuel system. on the rear of the main gearbox.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL CONTROLLING FUEL PUMP General The LP / HP fuel pumps are housed in a single pump unit which is driven by a common gearbox output shaft.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL CONTROLLING A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 A5 73−20 For Training Purposes Only Figure 70 FRA US/T bu August 2001 Fuel Pump and Fuel Metering Unit Page: 139 .

When the pressure loss in the fuel filter exceeds 5 plus or minus 2 psid. They are a fuel diverter valve (FDV) and a fuel return valve ( FRV ). The differential pressure switch signal is fed directly to the SDAC For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 140 . – A filter bypass valve to let the fuel go around the filter element when it be comes clogged. When the pressure loss in the filter decreases between 0 and −1. The FRV operates to control fuel flow which goes back to the aircraft fuel tank acting as a fuel cooler. − the fuel filter ( element ) inlet or.5 psid from the filter clog energizing pressure. The FDV operates to change the direction of the fuel metering unit ( FMU ) spill flow to : − The fuel cooled oil cooler ( FCOC ) or. SWITCH The fuel filter clog indication is provided on the lower ECAM display unit. The filter element is installed in the lower housing of a fuel cooled oil cooler ( FCOC ).Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL DISTRIBUTION A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−5A 73−10 ATA 73−10 FUEL DISTRIBUTION COMPONENTS FUEL FILTER Description The fuel filter element is a low pressure filter which removes all contamination from fuel to go through it. FUEL TEMPERATURE THERMOCOUPLE ( refer to 73-20 Heat Management System ) The measured temperature is transmitted to the EEC ( Electronic Engine Control ) and used for the Heat Management System. PRESS.The filter cap of the FCOC also includes a fuel drain plug to drain the fuel for maintenance purposes. the pressure switch is energized. FUEL FILTER DIFF. The FD & RV has two valves in one body. the pressure switch is de − energized which causes the caution to go off. − the fuel cooled IDG oil cooler ( IDG FCOC ). The FCOC includes the following components : – A filter cap which has a pressure plate to keep the filter element in position once installed. FUEL DIVERTER & RETURN VALVE General The fuel diverter and return valve ( FD & RV ) is a primary unit in the heat management system ( HMS ) of the engine.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL DISTRIBUTION A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−5A 73−10 FUEL FILTER DIFF. FUEL FILTER DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH FCOC CONNECTION TO AIRCRAFT FUEL TANK FCOC INLET FUEL COOLED OIL COOLER ( FCOC ) A For Training Purposes Only A FUEL DIVERTER AND RETURN VALVE ( FDRV ) LOW PRESS FUEL FILTER FCOC FUEL TEMP. THERMOCOUPLE Figure 71 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Fuel Filter Diff. Press. Thermocouple Page: 141 . Switch/FCOC Fuel Temp. PRESS. SW.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL DISTRIBUTION A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−5A 73−10 FUEL DISTRIBUTION VALVE General The fuel distribution valve ( FDV ) subdivides scheduled engine fuel flow from the fuel metering unit (FMU) equally to ten fuel manifolds. and then into ten internal discharge ports. FUEL NOZZLES For Training Purposes Only FUEL DISTRIBUTION VALVE HP/LP PUMPS FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 142 . Eight of the fuel manifolds are drained into the engine through the lowest fuel nozzle. The fuel distribution valve receives fuel through a fuel line from the fuel metering unit. Description The fuel distribution valve is installed at the 4:00 o’clock location. each of which in turn feeds two nozzles. The two fuel manifolds which remain full help supply fuel for the next engine start. The ten discharge ports are connected to the ten fuel manifolds. The fuel goes through a 200 micron strainer. at the front flange of the diffuser case. Eight of the ten internal discharge ports in the valve are connected after an engine shutdown.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL DISTRIBUTION A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−5A 73−10 For Training Purposes Only Figure 72 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Fuel Distribution Valve Page: 143 .

Each fuel manifold feeds two fuel nozzles. This results in decreased emissions. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 144 . and each nozzle is held in position by three bolts. Fuel supplied to the fuel nozzles is carried by a large tube from the fuel metering unit to the fuel distribution valve. The design of the fuel nozzle results in fast vaporization of the fuel through the full range of operation. At the fuel distribution valve the fuel supply is split and carried to twenty fuel nozzles by ten manifolds. All the brackets and tubings are fire proof. The fuel nozzles are installed through the wall of the case. and good start quality. The fuel nozzle forms the atomized mixture of fuel and air into the correct pattern for satisfactory combustion. The fuel nozzles mix the fuel with air. The fuel is vaporized by high−velocity air as it enters the combustion chamber. The fuel nozzles carry the fuel through a single orifice. The high−velocity flow of fuel prevents formation of coke on areas where fuel touches metal.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL DISTRIBUTION A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−5A 73−10 FUEL MANIFOLD AND TUBES Description The fuel manifold and fuel tubes consist of several single wall tubes which carry fuel between components in the fuel system. and send the mixture into the combustion chamber in a controlled pattern. high combustion efficiency. Heatshields installed also prevent formation of coke. FUEL NOZZLE General The fuel nozzles receive fuel from the fuel manifolds. Description/Operation There are 20 fuel nozzles equally spaced around the diffuser case assembly. Fuel pressure for actuating various valves is supplied by small tubes from the fuel metering unit mounted on the fuel pump.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL DISTRIBUTION A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−5A 73−10 For Training Purposes Only Figure 73 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Fuel Distribution Tubes Page: 145 .

For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 146 . One set of ports is used for the flow of the fuel to or from the fuel diverter and return valve. THERMOCOUPLE A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−5A 73−10 IDG FUEL COOLED OIL COOLER The IDG oil cooler is installed at the left hand side on the fan case. The hot scavenge oil which has been used to lubricate and cool the IDG. The other set of ports is used for the flow of oil from and to the IDG. The IDG oil cooler has two sets of inlet and outlet ports. the heat in the oil is transmitted to the fuel.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL DISTRIBUTION IDG OIL COOLER TEMP. The cooled oil then returns to the IDG. ( refer to 73-20 Heat Management system ) This temperature information is send to the EEC and is used for the heat management system. near the FCOC. Two drain plugs are also installed in the oil cooler. one for the fuel and one for the oil. flows from the IDG to the oil cooler. As the oil goes through the oil cooler.

THERMOCOUPLE OIL OUTLET OIL INLET IDG FUEL COOLED OIL COOLER For Training Purposes Only DRAIN PLUGS Figure 74 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 IDG Fuel Cooled Oil Cooler Page: 147 .Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL DISTRIBUTION A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−5A 73−10 FUEL INLET / OUTLET IDG OIL TEMP.

it is opened by increasing fuel pressure during engine start and during normal engine operation is always fully open. NOTE : BECAUSE THE OVERSPEED VALVE IS SPRING LOADED TO THE CLOSED POSITION.1% N1 . The three main functions of the FMU are : S metering the fuel supplies to the fuel spray nozzles.4% N2 ) the EEC sends a signal to the overspeed valve torque motor which changes position and directs H. S isolation of fuel supplies for starting/ stopping the engine. The overspeed valve is hydraulically latched in the closed position.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL CONTROLLING A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 A5 73−20 FUEL METERING UNIT General A simplified schematic representation of the Fuel Metering Unit is shown below. as shown: S the Fuel Metering Valve S the Overspeed Valve S the Pressure Raising and Shut Off Valve. The position of each valve is monitored and positional information is transmitted back to the EEC. A small by − pass flow is arranged around the overspeed valve to prevent engine flame out. It is commanded open or closed by the MASTER SWITCH in the cockpit during MANUAL starts. To shut down the engine is the only way to release the hydraulic latching. These three functions are carried out by three valves arranged in series. 105. FAIL SAFE POSITION OF THE PRSOV : ” LAST COMMANDED POSITION ” For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T bu August 2001 Page: 148 . NOTE: THE EEC’S ABILITY TO CLOSE THE SHUT OFF VALVE IS INHIBITED ABOVE 43% N2. This ensures that the EEC always knows that the valves are in the commanded position. FAIL SAFE POSITION OF THE METERING VALVE TORQUE MOTOR : ” MINIMUM FUEL FLOW CONDITION ” Overspeed Valve Operation The overspeed valve is spring loaded to the closed position. ABOVE 43% N2. AND IN FLIGHT.P. THE PRSOV CAN ONLY BE CLOSED BY THE MASTER SWITCH IN THE COCKPIT. AND OPENED BY FUEL PRESSURE. FAIL SAFE POSITION: ” NORMAL FUEL METERING” Pressure Raising and Shut off Valve The PRSOV torque motor is commanded open by the EEC during AUTO starts or Closed by the EEC during AUTO start sequences if the sequence has to be stopped for any reason. In the event of an overspeed ( 109. S overspeed protection for both the LP ( N1 ) and HP ( N2 ) rotors. fuel to the top of the overspeed valve − this fully closing the valve. thus preventing the engine from being reaccelerated. The recommended procedure is for the flight crew to shut down the engine . THE OVERSPEED VALVE WILL CLOSE ON EVERY ENGINE SHUT DOWN.

For Training Purposes Only Figure 75 FRA US/T bu August 2001 Fuel Metering Unit Schematic Page: 149 . 2 POS.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL CONTROLLING A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 A5 73−20 MASTER LEVER VARIABLE 2 POS.

S Loss of power supply does not lead to change the selected HP fuel shutoff valve position. When the No. They connect through a control relay to these related switches : − the ENG MASTER switch − the FIRE PUSH switch . When the No. The relay 11QG de − energizes and connects a 28VDC supply ( through the ENG 1 FIRE PUSH switch ) to the ” open ” side of the LP fuel − valve actuator. The actuator then opens the LP fuel − valve. IT IS ALSO COMMANDED OPEN VIA THE RELAY 11QG WHEN THE C / B OF THE HP FUEL SOV IS PULLED. This tourque motor operated PRSOV is powered by the 28VDC. NOTE: THE LP FUEL − VALVE OPENS ( CLOSES ) WHEN THE ENG MASTER SWITCH IS SET TO ON ( OFF ). It is performed from the engine panel in the cockpit as follows : Opening of the HP fuel PRSOV : It is controlled by the EEC : the EEC receives the commands from the MASTER control switch and ignition selector switch. ( RELAY 11QG ( 12QG ) DEENERGIZED ). it connects a 28VDC supply to the relay 11QG. LP Fuel Shutoff Valve Control The LP fuel shut−off system has two independent electrical control circuits for each LP fuel − valve. BUT THE OPERATION OF THE ENGINE FIRE PUSH SWITCH ALWAYS OVERRIDES AN ON SELECTION AND CLOSES THE VALVE. The actuator then closes the LP fuel − valve. it disconnects a 28VDC supply from the relay 11QG ( HP FUEL SOV SOL P / B SW ). For Training Purposes Only NOTE : FRA US/T bu August 2001 Page: 150 . which acts through a 2 position torque motor to close the pressurizing valve : The fuel shut − off is direct−hardwired to the MASTER control switch.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL CONTROLLING A319/A320/A321 V2530-A5 73-10 HP & LP FUEL SOV CONTROL The HP fuel shut off valve control is fully electrical. The relay energizes and connects a 28VDC supply ( through the ENG 1 FIRE PUSH switch ) to the ” close ” side LP fuel − valve actuator. 1 ENG MASTER switch is set to OFF. Closure of the HP fuel PRSOV : It is controlled directly from the MASTER control switch in OFF position PRSOV Fuel Shut Off Control The FADEC control system contains a fuel shut − off in the FMU . S The cockpit command ” OFF ” has priority over the EEC command. 1 ENG MASTER switch is set to ON. If the ENG 1 FIRE PUSH switch is operated : − it disconnects the 28VDC supply to the ” open ” side of the LP fuel − valve actuator − it connects a 28VDC supply to the ” close ” side of the LP fuel valve actuator the LP fuel − valve moves to the closed position.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL CONTROLLING LP FUEL SHUTOFF VALVE 1 ENGINE 1 FUEL LP VALVE MOT 1 28 V ESS OPEN M1 A319/A320/A321 V2530-A5 73-10 SHUT 49VU A8 ENGINE 1 FUEL LP VALVE MOT 2 28 V DC 2 121VU M25 OPEN SHUT M2 ENG 1 FIRE TO ECAM VLV POS SW‘s PUSH CENTRAL PEDESTAL 115VU MASTER 1 ON ENG MASTER 2 ON 115VU 11QG RELAY ENG / MASTER 1 123VU 126 OFF ENG 1 CRANK MODE NORM ENG IGN START 2 FIRE OFF FIRE FAULT FAULT 1 For Training Purposes Only 2 EEC FMU HP FUEL SOV CLOSED POS SW‘s CLOSED CLOSED ENGINE 1 HP FUEL SOV 28 V DC ESS 49VU A1 HP FUEL SOV MASTER SW 1 2 POS TM Figure 76 FRA US/T bu August 2001 HP and LP Fuel Shutoff Valve ( SOV ) Page: 151 .

When the actuator is energized. Each LP valve has an actuator 9QG ( 10QG ). movement and set the electrical circuit for the next operation. The LP fuel − valve actuator has two electrical motors which drive the same differential − gear to turn the ball valve through 90 deg. the fuel is isolated from that LP fuel valve’s related engine. The LP fuel − valve is usually open and in this configuration lets fuel through to its related engine. S one PRSOV in the FMU S One LP .Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL FUEL DISTRIBUTION A319/A320/A321 V2530-A5 28−20 The engine fuel supply system has two fuel shut off valves. The LP fuel − valve is installed between the engine pylon and the front face of the wing front spar ( between RIB 8 and RIB 9 ). The routing for motor 2 is along the rear spar and then forward through the flap track fairing at RIB 6. Component Description The LP fuel − valve has: − a valve body − a ball valve − a valve spindle − a mounting flange. it is necessary to make sure that the valve can still operate. The actuators send position data to the System Data − Aquisition Concentrators ( SDAC1 and SDAC2 ). When one of the LP fuel − valves is closed. which get their power supply from different sources : − the 28VDC BATT BUS supplies the motor 1 − the 28VDC BUS 2 supplies the motor 2. LOW PRESSURE FUEL SHUT OFF VALVE The LP fuel − valve 12QM ( 13QM ) is in the fuel supply line to its related engine. Each actuator has two motors. Thus the electrical supply to each motor goes through a different routing.fuel shut off valve on the front wing spar . it moves the LP valve to the open or closed position. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T bu August 2001 Page: 152 . One of the two motors can open or close the valve if the other motor does not operate. The routing for motor 1 is along the front spar. The limit switches in the actuator control this 90 deg. A V − band clamp 80QM(81QM) attaches the actuator to the LP valve. The interface between the actuator and the LP valve is a valve spindle. If damage occurs to the electrical circuit. The actuator drive shaft has a see/feel indicator where it goes through the actuator body. The SDACs process the data and send it to the ECAM which shows the information on the FUEL page. The see/feel indicator gives an indication of the valve position without removal of the fuel LP fuel valve.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL FUEL DISTRIBUTION A319/A320/A321 V2530-A5 28−20 V-Clamp ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS For Training Purposes Only Figure 77 FRA US/T bu August 2001 LP Fuel Shut−Off Valve Page: 153 .

The air valve is modulated by the EEC to maintain both oil and fuel temperatures within acceptable minimum and maximum limits.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL HEAT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 73−20 ATA 73-20 HEA T MANAGEMENT SYSTEM PRESENTATION General Heating and cooling of fuel. This temperature information is send to the EEC and is used for the heat management system. FUEL TEMPERATURE : The fuel temperature is measured at the exit of the filter. THERMOCOUPLE The oil temperature is measured at the ACOC inlet by a thermocouple. stainless steel installing flange with seal spigot and electrical connector. The control of fuel temperature is done by the fuel diverter valve which is installed upstream of the FCOC. Three sources of cooling are available : S the LP fuel passing to the engine fuel system S the LP fuel which is returned to the aircraft fuel tanks S fan air There are four basic configurations between which the flow paths of fuel in the engine L. Operation The measured temperature is transmitted to the EEC ( Electronic Engine Control ). The excess of high pressure fuel flow from the FMU ( Fuel Metering Unit ) and return fuel from control actuator are plumbed to the diverter valve which normally turns the flow to the FCOC exit. The fuel diverter valve is used to reduce too high fuel temperature. the EEC sends the signal to the fuel diverter valve. OIL TEMPERATURTE : The engine oil temperature is measured upstream of the ACOC. Oil heated by the engine passes through the ACOC and then to the FCOC. whilst minimising the requirement for fan air offtake. In response to the measured temperature.P. The system is designed to provide adequate cooling. to maintain the critical oil and fuel temperatures within specified limits. the Air Cooled Oil Cooler ( ACOC ) and the IDG cooler under the management of the EEC. Page: 154 . ACOC OIL TEMP. The IDG oil temperature is measured at IDG oil cooler exit. THERMOCOUPLE IDG Fuel Cooled Oil Cooler oil temperature is measured at the IDG Oil Cooler Exit by a thermocouple. engine oil and IDG oil is accomplished by the Fuel Cooled Oil Cooler ( FCOC ). fuel system are varied. In response to the measured temperature. THERMOCOUPLE The Fuel Temperature is measured by the thermocouple at the fuel exit of the FCOC ( Fuel Cooled Oil Cooler ). The logic is generated around the limiting temperatures of the fuel and oil within the system together with the signal from the aircraft which permits/inhibits fuel spill to aircraft tanks. the EEC sends the signal to the modulating air valve. The termocouple gives an electrical output in relation to the temperature of the oil in the fuel cooled IDG oil cooler.Within each configuration the cooling capacity may be varied by control valves which form the Fuel Diverter and Back to Tank Valve. Maximum limits have been established to avoid breakdown of engine oil and to avoid excessively high fuel temperatures.The thermocouple is composed of stainless steel sheathed sensing portion. The temperature is transmitted to the EEC ( Electronic Engine Control ). IDG OIL COOLER TEMP. The thermocouple is composed of stainless steel sheathed sensing portion. For Training Purposes Only ACOC MODULATING AIR VALVE The modulating air valve regulates air flow to the ACOC. The transfer between modes of operation is determined by software logic contained in the EEC. stainless steel installing flange with seal spigot and electrical connector. FRA US/T Bu August 2001 FUEL TEMP. Minimum oil temperature limits are used such that the oil may be used to prevent fuel icing with the use of FCOC.

THERMOCOUPLE FCOC OIL TEMP. THERMOCOUPLE IDG OIL COOLER FUEL TEMP.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL HEAT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 73−20 IDG OIL TEMP. THERMOCOUPLE ACOC EEC For Training Purposes Only FUEL DIVERTER & RETURN VALVE Figure 78 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 HMS Main System Components Page: 155 .

Then the valve changes the direction of the fuel flow and controls the metering port area. NO RETURN TO TANK ( MODE 3 or 5 ) Fuel Diverter Valve The EEC energizes the solenoid valve to open the servo fuel flow. The switch assemblies transmit the EEC the valve position when the solenoid is de − energized. FMU bypass flow returned upstream of FCOC. HMS MODE 4 Fuel through IDG FCOC is modulated for fuel return to tank. the fuel flow can be controlled through the FDRV and the EEC. Fuel through the IDG FCOC or combined with a quantity of fuel downstream of the FCOC is modulated for return to tank. Some of the fuel is returned to the aircraft tank where the heat is absorbed or dissipated within the tank. The pressure balance between two sides of the main valve (Valves C and D) gives the direction and the speed of the valve movement. The two pistons are mechanically connected and make two valve areas which are referred to as valve A and valve B. FAIL SAFE POSITION : ” FDV SOLENOID DE − ENERGIZED ” ( MODE 4 or 5 ) FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 156 . The main valve has two valve functions that are referred to as valve C and valve D. Thus. This mode is adopted at low engine speeds with a high IDG oil inlet temperature. In this mode all the heat from the engine oil system and the I. For Training Purposes Only FAIL SAFE POSITION : ” FRV CLOSED. This main valve is a half − area piston − type valve which moves valve to change the metering port area. This is the normal mode and is shown below. In this mode the fuel / oil heat exchanger is operating as a fuel ” cooler ” and the heat passed to the engine oil is extracted by the air / oil heat exchanger. The FRV has a main valve and a pushing piston in a sleeve. Fuel Return Valve The EEC operates the dual−wound torque motor to control the servo pressure.D.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL HEAT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM RETURN TO TANK MODES HMS MODE 1 ( NORMAL MODE ) A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 73−20 FUEL DIVERTER & RETURN VALVE General The FDRV configuration allows four modes of operation according to electrical signals from the EEC ( based on fuel and oil temperature measurements transmitted by thermocouples ). oil system is absorbed by the LP fuel flows. The fuel flow changes with the position of the valves. Supplemental cooling of fuel is provided by this mode. The FDV is a two − position selector valve which has two pistons in a sleeve. The EEC gives the electrical signal to the FDRV to change the position of the valves. Description The fuel diverter and return valve is installed on the FCOC.G. This servo fuel pushes the main valve. The FDRV gives a feedback signal to the EEC to transmit the position of valves in the unit. FMU bypass flow is returned upstream of fuel filter.

FROM FUEL TANK LP FUEL SHUTOFF VALVE LP PUMP LP FUEL SHUTOFF VALVE LP PUMP OIL IN OIL TEMP SNSR OIL IN OIL TEMP SNSR RETURN TO TANK OIL IN IDG FCOC OIL TEMP SNSR ENG OIL FCOC FAN AIR ACOC RETURN TO TANK OIL IN IDG FCOC OIL TEMP SNSR ENG OIL FCOC FAN AIR ACOC OIL OUT OIL OUT OIL OUT OIL OUT DIVERTER VALVE DIVERTER VALVE For Training Purposes Only FUEL RETURN TO TANK VALVE FUEL FILTER FUEL TEMP SNSR FUEL RETURN TO TANK VALVE FUEL FILTER FUEL TEMP SNSR HP PUMP HP PUMP FMU FMU TO INJECTORS TO INJECTORS Figure 79 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Return to Tank Modes 1 and 4 Page: 157 .Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL HEAT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 73−20 MODE 1 Normal Return to Tank Mode FROM FUEL TANK MODE 4 Mode selected when in Normal Mode 1 the Limit Temperature ( IDG Oil. Fuel ) can not be= maintained within Limits.

This mode is adopted if the conditions exist.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL HEAT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 73−20 NO RETURN TO TANK MODES 3 AND 5 HMS MODE 3 The third mode shown below is the mode adopted when the requirements for fuel spill back to tank can no longer be satisfied i. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 158 . FMU bypass flow returned upstream of fuel filter. e. If however. Return to tank inhibited. FMU bypass flow returned upstream of FCOC via the IDG cooler in the reverse direction. the fuel flow is too low to provide adequate cooling the engine oil will be pre − cooled in the air/oil heat exchanger. In this condition all the heat from the engine and IDG oil systems is absorbed by the burned fuel. Fuel through IDG FCOC returned downstream of FCOC. Return to tank inhibited. by a modulated air flow. NOTE: IN CASE THE OIL TEMPERATURE CANNOT BE KEPT WITHIN THE LIMITS THE FADEC SYSTEM WILL INCREASE THE ENGINE SPEED ( FAIL SAFE POSITION ). before passing to the fuel / oil heat exchanger. This is the preferred mode of operation when return to tank is not allowed. HMS MODE 5 Mode 5 is the mode which is used when system condition demand operation is as in Mode 3 but this mode is not permitted.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL HEAT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 73−20 MODE 3 High Engine Speed FROM FUEL TANK MODE 5 D D Low Engine Speed Cold Fuel Fail Safe Mode FROM FUEL TANK LP FUEL SHUTOFF VALVE LP PUMP LP FUEL SHUTOFF VALVE LP PUMP OIL IN OIL TEMP SNSR OIL IN OIL TEMP SNSR RETURN TO TANK IDG FCOC OIL TEMP SNSR OIL IN ENG OIL FCOC FAN AIR ACOC RETURN TO TANK IDG FCOC OIL TEMP SNSR OIL IN ENG OIL FCOC FAN AIR ACOC OIL OUT OIL OUT OIL OUT OIL OUT DIVERTER VALVE DIVERTER VALVE For Training Purposes Only FUEL RETURN TO TANK VALVE FUEL FILTER FUEL TEMP SNSR FUEL RETURN TO TANK VALVE FUEL FILTER FUEL TEMP SNSR HP PUMP HP PUMP FMU FMU TO INJECTORS TO INJECTORS Figure 80 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 NO Return to Tank Modes 3 and 5 Page: 159 .

Features S fire seal forms an air tight seal between the unit outlet and the cowling orifices S controlled by either channel A or B of EEC S valve positioned by fuel servo pressure acting on a control piston S valve position feed back signal via LVDT to each channel of EEC S fuel servo pressure directed by the Electro − Hydraulic Servo Valve assembly which incorporates a Torque motor FAIL SAVE POSITION : ” AIR VALVE SPRING LOADED FULLY OPEN ” ( maximum cooling position) In case of malfunction the warning ” ENG 1 ( 2 ) AIR EXCHANGER FAULT ” is displayed on the ECAM E / WD. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 160 .Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL HEAT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 73−20 AIR MODULATING VALVE Purpose To govern the flow of cooling ( fan ) air through the air/oil heat exchanger ( ACOC ). Location Bolted to the outlet face of the air/oil heat exchanger. as commanded by the Heat Management Control System ( EEC ) Type Plate type supported at either end by stubshafts. operated by an Electro − Hydraulic Servo Valve mechanism.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL HEAT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 73−20 For Training Purposes Only Figure 81 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Air Modulating Valve Page: 161 .

The drain system comprises two sub−systems: − fuel drains − oil. The fluids collected from the power plant are discharged overboard through the drain mast installed below the engine accessory gearbox. hydraulic and water drains The two sub−systems come together at the same drain mast. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 162 .Lufthansa Technical Training POWER PLANT DRAINS A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 71-70 ATA 71-70 POWER PLANT DRAINS GENERAL The powerplant drain system collects fluids that may leak from some of the engine accessories and drives.

Lufthansa Technical Training POWER PLANT DRAINS A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 71-70 RIGHT SIDE OIL TANK SCUPPER OIL TANK SCUPPER FUEL PUMPS FUEL DIVERTER VALVE FUEL METERING UNIT LP BOOSTER BLEED MASTER ACTUATOR BIFURCATION PANEL VARIABLE STATOR VANE ACTUATOR FWD ACTIVE CLEARANCE CONTROL ACTUATOR DRAINS MAST ACOC LP BOOSTER BLEED SLAVE ACTUATOR IDG For Training Purposes Only HYDRAULIC PUMPS AIR COOLED OIL COOLER ACTUATOR S. ( STARTER ) HYDRAULICS AIR STARTER INTEGRATED DRIVE GENERATOR OIL TANK SCUPPER LEFT SIDE NOTE : CONNECTION * ARE AT THE ACCESSORY MOUNTING PAD ONLY Figure 82 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Drain System Page: 163 .

Any leckage from fluid lines is drained overboard through seperate lines in the rear of the pylon. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 164 .Various systems are routed through these areas.Lufthansa Technical Training POWER PLANT DRAINS A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 71-70 PYLON DRAINS The engine pylon is divided into 7 compartments.

Lufthansa Technical Training POWER PLANT DRAINS A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 71-70 FUEL PYLON DRAINS FUEL / HYDR. For Training Purposes Only Figure 83 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Pylon Drains Page: 165 . HYDR.

hydraulic and water drains system comes from engine accessories on the engine fan case and gearbox. The other drains are for engine oil or accessory lubricant. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 166 . The fuel drain system is connected to these engine accessories: − Booster bleed master actuator (Core) − Booster bleed slave actuator (Core) − Variable Stator Vane Actuator (Core) − Active Clearance Control Actuator (Core) − Fuel diverter valve (FD) − Fuel metering unit (FMU) − LP/HP fuel pumps (FP) Oil. The engine core drains go through the bifurcation panel. The drain system is connected to these engine accessories: − Air Cooled Oil Cooler actuator (ACOC) − Integrated Drive Generator (IDG) − Air starter (S) − Hydraulic Pump (HYD) − Oil tank scupper –Oil tank The only hydraulic fluid drain is from the hydraulic pump. Hydraulic and Water Drains The oil. the engine fan case and gearbox.Lufthansa Technical Training POWER PLANT DRAINS A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 71-70 DRAIN SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Fuel Drain The fuel drain lines come from engine accessories on the engine core.

Lufthansa Technical Training POWER PLANT DRAINS A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 71-70 For Training Purposes Only Figure 84 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Drain System Leakage Test & Limits Page: 167 .

For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: Page: 168 . The design of the throttle control is based upon a fixed throttle concept : This means that the throttle control levers are not servo motorized. the revers thrust laching lever must be lifted.CLIMB (ALSO CRUISE SELECTION) S DETENT  = MAX. Thrust Control Unit The Thrust Control Unit contains two resolvers. A mechanical cam design is provided to allow reverse thrust selection whenthrust lever is at fowward idle position. each of which sends the thrust lever position to the Electronic Engine Control . The autothrust instinctive disconnect pushbutton can be used to disengage the autothrust function. CONTINOUS (FLEX TAKE OFF THRUST) 3 2 1 1 THRUST LEVERS General The thrust levers comprises : − a thrust lever which incorporates stop devices and autothrust instinctive disconnect pushbutton switch − a graduated fixed sector − a reverse latching lever. This rod drives the input lever of the throttle control artificial feel unit (Mechanical Box). Autothrust Disconnect pushbutton. The thrust lever is linked to a mechanical rod. The thrust lever has 3 stops at the pedestal and 3 detents in the artificial feel unit: S 0° STOP = FWD IDLE THRUST S -20 ° STOP = FULL REVERSE THRUST S 45° STOP = MAX . Reverse Thrust Latching Lever To obtain reverse thrust settings.Lufthansa Technical Training Engine Controls General A319/A320/A321 V2530-A5 76−00 ATA 76 ENGINE CONTROLS THROTTLE CONTROL SYSTEM General The throttle control system consist of : − the throttle control lever − the throttle control artificial feel unit (Mecanical Box) − the thrust control unit − the electrical harness.The extraction current for the resolvers is provided by the EEC.TAKE OFF THRUST S DETENT  = (REVERSE) IDLE THRUST S DETENT  = MAX.

Lufthansa Technical Training Engine Controls General A319/A320/A321 V2530-A5 76−00 ENGINE THRUST LEVER CONTROL AUTOTHRUST DISCONNECT PB REVERSE THRUST LATCHING LEVER THRUST LEVER REVERSE THRUST LATCHING LEVER MECHANICAL BOX For Training Purposes Only THRUST CONTROL UNIT FMU − FUEL METERING VALVE CHANNEL A EEC CHANNEL B RESOLVER 1 RESOLVER 2 Figure 85 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Engine Thrust Lever Control Page: Page: 169 .

Actuation of the switch will generate a digital signal to both EECs via the EIU. The bump rating is available inflight (EPR or rated N1 mode) under the following conditions. or below. S TO/GA thrust lever position set. S Bump rating initially selected on the ground. The bump rating is a non−standard rating and is only available on certain designated operator missions. The bump ratings can be de−selected at anytime by actuating the bump rating push button as long as the airplane is on the ground and the thrust lever is not in the maximum takeoff (TO) detent. if available. are selected by a push button located on the thrust lever.Lufthansa Technical Training Engine Controls General A319/A320/A321 V2530-A5 76−00 BUMP RATING PUSH BUTTON This Push Buttons are optional equipment. The maximum take-of f rating will then be increased by the pre−programmed delta EPR provided the airplane is on the ground.This information is for tracking by maintenance personnel. Use of the bump rating must be recorded. Inflight.one per engine. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: Page: 170 . The bump ratings. only in the EPR mode when the airplane is on the ground.This enables the EEC to be re-rated to provide addi tional thrust capability for use during specific aircraft operations. the MCT detent. regardless of the thrust lever angle. S Airplane is within the takeoff envelope. Bump Rating Description The takeoff bump ratings can be selected. In some cases the throttle control levers are provided with ”BUMP” rating push buttons. the bump ratings are fully removed when the thrust lever is moved from the TO detent to.

Lufthansa Technical Training Engine Controls General A319/A320/A321 V2530-A5 76−00 For Training Purposes Only Figure 86 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Bump Push Bottons Page: Page: 171 .

The artificial feel unit is a friction system wich provides a load feedback to the throttle control lever. This artificial feel unit comprises two symetrical casings.Lufthansa Technical Training Engine Controls General A319/A320/A321 V2530-A5 76−00 ARTIFICIAL FEEL UNIT ( MECANICAL BOX ) The Throttle control artificial feel unit is located below the cockpit center pedestal. This movement rotates a toothed quadrant integral with the shaft. Each mechanism is composed of: − a friction brake assembly − a gear assembly − a lever assembly − a bellcrank assembly Throttle lever travel is transmitted to the to the artificial feel unit and to the throttle control unit. Each casing contains an identical and independent mechanism. Each notch corresponds to a throttle lever setting and is felt as a friction point at the throttle levers. one left and one right. this artificial feel unit is connected to engine 1(2) throttle control lever and to the engine 1(2) throttle control unit by means of rods. This toothed quadrant causes inverse rotation of a gear equipped with a disk which has four detent notches. The linear movement of the throttle levers is transformed into a rotary movement at the belcrank wich turns about the friction brake assembly shaft. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: Page: 172 .

Lufthansa Technical Training Engine Controls General A319/A320/A321 V2530-A5 76−00 MECHANICAL BOXES MECHANICAL BOX(ES) An adjustment screw is provided at the lower part of each mechanical box to adjust the artificial feel. RIGGING POINT ADJUSTMENT SCREW For Training Purposes Only DETENT FORCE ADJUSTMENT Figure 87 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Mechanical Boxes Page: Page: 173 .

For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: Page: 174 . TRA as resolver position signal failure. TRA. TRA. Each resolver is dedicated to one channel of the EEC and receives its electrical excitation from the EEC. The EEC considers a throttle resolver angle value : − less than −47. Relation between TRA and TLA: The relationship between the throttle lever angle and throttle resolver angle (TRA) is linear and : 1 deg.25 deg.5 deg. The EEC incorporates a resolver fault accomodation logic. The input lever drives two gear sectors assembled face to face.5 deg. This logic allows engine operation after a failure or a complete loss of the throttle resolver position signal.8 deg. TRA or − greater than 98. Each sector drives itself a set of one resolver and three potentiometers.9 TRA. The accuracy of the throttle control unit (error between the input lever position and the resolver angle) is 0. Their signals are used by the flight control system S a device which drives the resolver and the potentiometer S a pin device for rigging the resolvers and potentiometers S a safety device which leads the resolvers outside the normal operating range in case of failure of the driving device S two output electrical connectors. The TLA resolver operates in two quadrants : the first quadrant serves for positive angles and the fourth quadrant for negative angles. TLA = 1. The maximum discrepancy between the signals generated by the two resolvers is 0.Lufthansa Technical Training Engine Controls General A319/A320/A321 V2530-A5 76−00 THROTTLE CONTROL UNIT The throttle control unit comprises : S an input lever S mechanical stops which limit the angular range S 2 resolvers whose signals are dedicated to the EEC (one resolver per channel of the EEC) S 6 potentiometers fitted three by three.

Figure 88 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Thrust Control Units Page: Page: 175 .Lufthansa Technical Training Engine Controls General A319/A320/A321 V2530-A5 76−00 3 COUPLED POTENTIOMETERS ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS C C C RESOLVER For Training Purposes Only RIGGING POINT THRUST CONTROL UNIT(S) − 2 units Each unit consists of : − 2 resolvers − 6 potentiometers.

AIDS ALPHA CALL UP OF TRA Using the Aids Alpha call up it is possible to check both TRA (Thrust Resolver Angle) AIDS PARAM ALPHA CALL−UP ENTER ALPHA CODE − TRA EEC 1 : 0.0 0.1 − TRA EEC 2 : − ( − ( − ( ) ) ) PRINT> <RETURN For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: Page: 176 .Lufthansa Technical Training Engine Controls General A319/A320/A321 V2530-A5 76−00 RIGGING The throttle control levers must be at the idle stop position to perform the rigging procedure.

Lufthansa Technical Training Engine Controls General A319/A320/A321 V2530-A5 76−00 A MECHANICAL BOX RIG PIN For Training Purposes Only THRUST CONTROL UNIT RIG PIN Figure 89 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Thrust Control System Rigging Page: Page: 177 .

Lufthansa Technical Training Engine Controls General A319/A320/A321 V2530-A5 76−00 AIDS ALPHA CALL UP OF TRA Using the Aids Alpha call up it is possible to check both TRA (Thrust Resolver Angle) For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: Page: 178 .

1 <RETURN For Training Purposes Only Figure 90 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Alpha Call−up TRA Page: Page: 179 .0 0.Lufthansa Technical Training Engine Controls General A319/A320/A321 V2530-A5 76−00 AIDS PARAM ALPHA CALL−UP ENTER ALPHA CODE − TRA − TRA − ( − ( − ( − ( ) ) ) ) PRINT> EEC 1 : EEC 2 : 0.

manually or automatically during engine start or in case of system fault: S Total FUEL USED For further info see ATA 73 S OIL quantity For further info see ATA 79 S OIL pressure For further info see ATA 79 S OIL temperature For further info see ATA 79 S Starter valve positions. − position (SAV. or to provide warning messages to the crew and maintenance personnel. or warning. S Engine Vibration − of N1 and N2 S As warnings by system problems only: − OIL FILTER COLG − Fuel FILTER CLOG Some engine parameters also displayed on the CRUISE page For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 180 . Primary Engine Display The primary engine parameters listed below are permanently displayed on the Engine and Warning display ( E/WD ): S Engine Pressure Ratio ( EPR ) S Exhaust Gas Temperature ( EGT ) S N1 ( low rotor speed ) S N2 ( high rotor speed ) S FF ( fuel flow ) After 5 min of the power up test the indication is displayed in amber and figures are crossed ( XX ). − Master caution.− speed.. T/R. Normal indication can be achieved by using the FADEC GRD power switches. the analog indicator and the marks on the circle disappear.. Only in case of certain system faults and flight phases a warning message appears on the Engine Warning Display. messages are generated on the following devices : − Upper ECAM : Engine Warning Display (EWD). etc. the indication is replaced by amber crosses. The master caution and warning are located in front of the pilot on the glance panel. − Lower ECAM :Systems Display (SD). that operating Ignition system ( ONLY ON ENGINE START PAGE ) S In case of high nacelle temperature a indication is provided below the engine oil temp.− vibration − fuel flow lt also has switches that provide indication for − oil. one for each engine at the maintenace panel or by the MODE selector switch on on the Engine panel at the pedestal in CRANK or IGN / START position for both engine. Secondary Engine Display The lower display shows the secondary engine parameters listed below. indication. The engine page is available for display by command. Overspeed governor.− pressure. Depending on the data transmitted. − thrust reverser hydraulic pressure. These messages are used to run the engine under normal conditions throughout the operating range.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE INDICATING GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 77−00 ATA 77 INDICATING 77−00 ENGINE INDICATING PRESENTATION Indication General The engine is equipped with sensors that monitor − temperature . the circle becomes amber.. If a failure occurs on any indication displayed. − Audible chimes and oral warning. fuel clogging. the starter duct pressure and during eng start up.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE INDICATING GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 77−00 FF KG / H FOB: 19.125 For Training Purposes Only                             A IGN B                       ONLY ON ENGINE           35 35 START PAGE Figure 91 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Engine ECAM Indications Page: 181 .

The pressure from this sensors are routed to the EEC pressure transducer. ( In flight. In MREV no EPR value is dis played. the indication first flashes for 9 sec.The EEC converts the signal to a digital format and proccess the pressure to form actual EPR ( P 4. Cyan EPR command arc ( transient ) from current EPR pointer to EPR command value. if FLX mode is selected.9. on ground. The temperature value is displayed in green and the _ C is displayed in blue. For FLX mode indication the ADIRU‘s must be switched on. the flexible take off temperature in _ C. For Training Purposes Only If FLX mode is selected. 1 2 Actual EPR Actual EPR is green.this limit corresponds to: TO GA thrust limit. FLX EPR is displayed whatever the thrust lever position between IDLE and FLX / MCT. and then remains steady. NOTE: WHEN A THRUST LEVER IS SET BETWEEN TWO POSITIONS THE EEC SELECTS THE RATING LIMIT CORRESPONDING TO THE HIGHEST MODE. the associated EPR rating is displayed in blue. EPR rating limit TO GA.9 / P 2 ) and transmits the EPR value to the ECAM. NOTE: NOTE: Thrust limit mode is displayed in digital form. 3 4 EPR TLA ( white circle ) Predicted EPR corresponding to the thrust lever position. the circle becomes amber. Each of the two channels performs this operation independently. selected through the FMS MCDU’ s. S With engine running. the analog indicator and the marks on the circle disapear. It changes to green when the reverser is fully deployed . is displayed. is only displayed with A / THR engaged. If a failure occurs on any indication displayed. whatever the lever position is. 5 REV indication Appears in amber when one reverser is unstowed or unlocked or inadvertenly deployed. it indicates the mode which the EPR limit value will be computed. P4. FLX.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE INDICATING GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 77−00 ATA 77−10 POWER INDICATING EPR INDICATION EPR − Engine Pressure Ratio The Engine Pressure Ratio indicating system consists of one combined P2 / T2 sensor and eight ports located in each of the three LPT exhaust case struts. CL. EPR max ( thicker amber mark ) It is the limit value of EPR corresponding to the full forward thrust lever position. THE EPR RATING LIMIT VALUE IS REPLACED BY AMBER CROSSES ( M REV MODE IS LIMITED BY N1) − On ground ( with engines running ) S With engines running. MCT. MREV selected mode is displayed in green. FRA US/T JaG MAR 2006 Page: 182 . on ground. − In flight ( or on ground with ENG stopped ): S The selected mode corresponds to the detent of the most advanced thrust lever position S Rating limit is computed by the EEC receiving the highest actual EPR value ( exept on ground with ENG stopped where it is computed by the EEC receiving the most advanced thrust lever position ). 6 Thrust limit mode. the analog indication is replaced by amber crosses. WHEN IDLE IS SELECTED THE EEC SELECTS CL WHEN M REV IS SELECTED.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE INDICATING GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 77−00 3 2 4 2 3 4 6 5 REV EPR FLX OR 1 1.503 35_ C TOGA 1. 520 OR MCT For Training Purposes Only OR CL OR MREV Figure 92 FRA US/T JaG MAR 2006 EPR Indication − Upper ECAM Display Unit Page: 183 .

2 ° C heater ” ON ” ). coaxial resistance element brazed internally to the sensor casting.9 ).Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE INDICATING GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 77−00 EPR SYSTEM COMPONENTS P2 / T2 SENSOR The P2 / T2 sensor is located near the 12 o’clock position of the inlet cowl. NOTE: IN CASE OF LOSS OF P2 / T2 HEATING . Struts 4. The heater is a hermetically sealed.9 SENSORS The P4. Each sensing point contains eight radial pressure sensing ports which are combined to yield an average pressure. via the relay box. P4. A pressure transducer located within the EEC converts the average pressure at station 4. It measures total pressure and temperature in the inlet air stream of the engine forward of the engine front flange. The resulting average radial pressure value from each strut is then plumbed into a manifold which provides an overall turbine exhaust pressure average ( P4. which is used for the heater. AN AUTOMATIC REVERSION FROM EPR MODE TO UNRATED N1 MODE OCCURS.9 sensor and manifold has three probes which measure the total pressure of the exhaust gas stream. The dual output total temperature measurement is accomplished by two resistance−sensing elements housed in the P2/T2 sensor body. Aircraft power. The total air pressure is carried via pressure tubing to the pressure sensor located in channel A of the EEC. A tube from this manifold is connected to the Electronic Engine Control ( EEC channel A ). For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 184 . Each channel of the Electronic Engine Control ( EEC ) monitors one of these resistance elements and converts the resistance measurement to a temperature equivalent. is switched on and off by the EEC depending on TAT ( < 7.9 into a useable electronic signal ( proportional to pressure ) that can be processed and used by the EEC to control the engine. 7 and 10 contain the pressure sensing ports. The P2 / T2 sensor has an anti−icing function accomplished by a single heating element internally bonded to the sensor.

9 SENSOR B PRESSURE CONTROL MANIFOLD PRESSURE CONTROL MANIFOLD For Training Purposes Only ADAPTOR P2/T2 SENSOR P4.9 Sensor Page: 185 .9 PRESSURE RAKE TUBE Figure 93 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 P2 / T2 and P4.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE INDICATING GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 77−00 P2/T2 SENSOR B A P 4.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE INDICATING GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 77−00 P2 / T2 HEATER Aircraft Power .which is used for the heater . is switched on and off by the EEC. The heater and the heating Circuit can be tested using the FADEC CFDS Test menu. FAIL SAFE POSITION: ”PROBE HEATER OFF” For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 186 . NOTE: THE RELAY BOX ALSO CONTAINS THE 115V IGNITION RELAYS. via the relay box.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE INDICATING GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 77−00 204XP-C 115VAC BUS 2 11DA2 C/B 24-58-06 ANTI ICE / PROBES P2/T2 ENG 2 122VU212 INPUT FOR IGNITION RELAYS 1WD ENG/APU FIRE PNL 20VU210 26-12 4100KS RELAY BOX 446STA450 73-25 4014KS SENSOR P2/T2 444STA390 73-25 RELAY BOX CH B CONNECTOR For Training Purposes Only RELAY BOX CH A CONNECTOR P2/T2 HEATING CONNECTOR Figure 94 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 P2/T2 Heater Schematic Page: 187 .

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE INDICATING GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 77−00 FADEC P2/T2 HEATER TEST For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 188 .

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE INDICATING GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 77−00 For Training Purposes Only Figure 95 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 P2/T2 Heater Test Page: 189 .

The red cross line will disappear through corresponding DMC’ s − MCDU action or by the next T/ O. Pulses amber up to MCT when EGT w 610 _ C.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE INDICATING GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 77−00 ATA 77−20 TEMPERATURE EGT INDICATION EGT Indicator 1 Actual EGT Normally displayed in green. Pulses red when EGT w650 _ C. instead a amber mark is placed at 635 _ C −Take Off sequence. For Training Purposes Only 4 Red cross line is set at the max EGT over temperature achieved during the last leg. 2 Max EGT Thicker amber mark is set at w 610 _ C. A red band begins at the point of over temperature and a red cross line appears at the max value achieved. 3 Max permissible EGT Goes up to 650 _C. FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 190 . it is the max EGT value up to MCT thrust. NOTE: EGT INDEX PULSING AMBER MUST BE DISREGARDED WHEN USING TO OR FLX THRUST. It is not displayed during: −Engine start up.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE INDICATING GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 77−00 2 3 4 1 For Training Purposes Only Figure 96 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 EGT Indication Page: 191 .

at 9.5.5 and 2 O ’Clock.5 2.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE INDICATING GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 77−00 EGT PROBES The messurement channel for the exhaust gas temperature consist of: S Four probe assemblies.95 ( LPT exhaust case strut ). 7. The EEC uses the Exhaust Gas Temperature in the engine start control logic and also transmits the EGT signal to the ECAM . send to channel ” B ” of the EEC. from where two indepent signals are send to the EEC. 4. each comprizing 2 thermocouples.5 For Training Purposes Only JUNCTION BOX 4.5 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 192 . The thermocouples are connected. 9. − four thermocouples ( one from each probe assembly ) are used to form an averaged signal send to the channel ” A ” of the EEC. The EGT probes are located at engine station 4.5. in parallel.0 7. Each signal is an average of the four probes. to the junction box for each channel. − the remaining four thermocouples ( one from each probe assembly ) are used to form an averaged signal.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE INDICATING GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 77−00 EGT JUNCTION BOX JUNCTION BOX 1 CHROMEL STUD For Training Purposes Only Figure 97 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 EGT System Page: 193 .

ON. If the RPM exeeds 100 % index and numeric value pulses red. the analog indication is replaced by amber crosses. 5 CHECK appears for EPR. it illuminates blue OFF: − If available. 7 Actual N2 6 For Training Purposes Only N1 command corresponding to the thrust lever ( angle ) position ( predict N1 ) appears when in rated N1 mode. EPR mode is selected N2 Indication The signal fore the HP rotor speed is originated from the dedicated alternator to the EEC for use in engine control computation and to the ECAM for visual display on ECAM. It is overbrightness and grey boxed during engine start sequence up to 43 % ( starter cut out ). rated or unrated mode. Pulses amber when N1 exeeds the N1 rating limit. N1 . FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 194 . 2 Max permissible N1 is 100 %. Both engine must be in the same MODE. Auto thrust is not active in rated N1 mode . General: A failure title will be displayed on E / WD in the MEMO display. the circle becomes amber. Following an automatic reversion to N1. the analog indicator and the marks on the circle disapear. A separate signal goes to the engine vibration monitoring unit ( EVMU ) for use in processing engine vibration data. rated or unrated. 4 White circle 6 N1 MODE switches ON: −Thrust control reverts from EPR mode to N1 rated mode. The red ” X ” will disappear through corresponding DMC’s − MCDU action or by the next T/O. General: A failure title will be displayed on E / WD on the MEMO display. 1 Actual N1 Displayed normaly in green. if the displayed value compared by the DMC’ s with the actual value from the EEC differs and the last digit from the value shown will be XX ed. pressing the P/B switch to confirm the mode. Pulses red if N1 exceeds 100%. in N1 MODE. 3 Red cross line is set at the max N1 over speed value achieved during the last leg.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE INDICATING GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 77−00 ATA 77−10 POWER N1 AND N2 INDICATION N1 Indication The low pressure rotor speed signal is used in the EEC for engine control computation and for ECAM visual display. Not displayed in unrated N1 MODE. N1 rated MODE can activated automaticly or by switching the N1 MODE switch at the overhead panel ( close to the ENG MAN START switches ). Digital indication normally green. Turns red if N2 exceeds 100 % and a red ” X ” appears. At 100 % a red band begins. EGT. If a failure occurs on any indication displayed. N2 and FF.

8 C H E C K For Training Purposes Only 7 X 4 7 ENG 1 EPR MODE FAULT ENG 1 N 2 OVER LIMIT Figure 98 N1 and N2 Speed Indication Page: 195 August 2001 FRA US/T Bu .Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE INDICATING GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 77−00 4 EPR XX 5 1 4 2 3 XX MCT N 1 MODE 95.

and FF indications of both engines are monitored internally and externally .a red cross appears next to the digital indication. N2 & EGT ) The Max pointers for N1. Read−out/Reset of the Engine Red Line Exceedances The DMC connected to the upper ECAM DU monitors primary parameter indications of both engines. C at engine start and 610 deg. the small red line disappears only after a new take−off or after a maintenance action through the MCDU DMC reset.2.Should N2 actual exceeds the N2 red line value.3 ) must be selectet. N2 & EGT ) Monitoring of the relevant display of the engine parameters N1 . The same applies to the EGT parameters indications. the DMC compares the direct signal from the EEC with the displayed digital value.s perform an external monitoring between the feedback signals (that correspond to the displayed values and the signets that are directly received by the FWC’s from the EEC‘s Should a descrepancy occur. The menu for the EIS 1.The DMC compares the N1 signal received from the EEC 1 with the feedback signal which reflects the displayed position of the N1 needle − In order to grant dissimilarity with the engine 2 monitoring process the DMC compares the N1 signal from the EEC 2 with the feedback signal representing the N1 digital value. a CHECK amber message is displayed under the relevant indication The FWC’s generate a caution − single chime − master caution Light − message on the upper ECAM DU : ENG 1 (2) N1(N2/EGT/FF) DISCREPANCY Max pointer Reset ( N1.Lufthansa Technical Training INDICATING GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE-V2530-A5 31-00 ATA 31 INDICATING MAX POINTER RESET ( N1. N2.Should this condition occur. N2 RED LINE Exceedance The N2 indications are displayed in digital form only. the DMC memorizes in its BITE memory the maximum value reached during the Last Flight Leg The values of the N1. 100% N2 correspond to 14460 RPM.3.C. N2. As for the N2 and FF parameters. one per engine. C afterwards. EGT red lines and transitory overlimit values are stored in 2 independent tables. In case of detected discrepancy. for one or more parameters. N1 RED LINE Exceedance The N1 red line is represented by an arc shaped red ribbon situated at the end of the scale.2. N2 and EGT can be reset using the CFDS menu INSTRUMENTS. but with the displayed position of the engine 2 EGT needle and the engine 1 EGT digital feedback value. The memory cells which store the possible exceedance are reset either by pressing the GENERAL RESET line key or automatically at the next take off.With the function engines the parameters can be selected either for engine 1 or 2. This indicates a N1 exceedance condition.The same applies to changes in color and EGT exceeding indications. NOTE : A RESET OF THE RED LINE LIMITS HAVE TO BE PERFORMED ON ALL 3 DMCS. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T kh August 2001 Page: 196 . Should an exceedance occur.635 deg.( DMC 1. This red cross disappears only after a new take off or a DMC reset. EGT. Read out of this engine parameter exceedance can be performed via the DMC MCDU menu. a CHECK amber message is displayed just below the relevant parameter indication .Red line Limit is 650 deg. a small red line appears across the N1 scale and then stays at the maximum value which has been reached. If the N1 actual value exceeds the N1 red line (even for a short period of time).However it has to be noticed that the amber linie (EGT MAX) is variable. In addition the FWC. EGT RED LINE Exceedance The EGT indications are provided in the same form as for the N1 indications.

Lufthansa Technical Training INDICATING GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE-V2530-A5 31-00 For Training Purposes Only Figure 99 FRA US/T kh August 2001 Max Pointer Reset Page: 197 .

S If the fan speed sensor No 3 is unserviceable. 5 and No. 3 and the harness lead No. S One sensor acts as a spare fore either EEC channel ( it can be activated by changeover connectors at the junction box ). Reconnect the harness lead No 1 to the terminal No. disconnect the harness leads No. disconnect the harness leads No. For the trimbalance sensor. FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 198 . 1 and No. S The N1 electrical harness tube goes through the inner strut of the no. 2 from their terminals No 1 and No 2. The electrical leads from each sensor goes through the N1 tube and is connected to the terminal block. 2 to the terminal No. 6 and reconnect the harness leads to the spare speed sensor as described above. S One sensor provides the Engine Vibration Monitoring Unit with N1 analog signals ( trim balance sensor ). 5 and No. 4 of the spare speed sensor. This sensor cannot be used in place of the N1 sensor dedicated to the En− gine Vibration Monitoring Unit with N1 analog signals ( trim balance sen− sor ). 3 strut of the intermediate structure and to the terminal block. one turn on the LP shaft causes 60 teeth on the phonic wheel to pass its sensor. S The EEC speed sensors have two pole pieces compared to the trimbalance sensor who has only one pole piece. see below. 1 is unserviceable. INTERCHANGE OF N1 SPEED SENSORS For Training Purposes Only Task 77−11−00−860−010 S If the fan speed sensor No. 6 from their terminals No. one slot in the phonic wheel passes the sensor one time for one turn.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE INDICATING GENERAL A319/A320A321 IAE V2530−A5 77−00 ATA 77-10 POWER N1 INDICATION The fan speed ( N1 ) indication system has four sensors: S Two of them are used to provide EEC channels ” A ” and ” B ” with N1 ro− tational speed signal. S For the fan speed sensors.

N1 Terminal Block Page: 199 .Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE INDICATING GENERAL A319/A320A321 IAE V2530−A5 77−00 TERMINAL BLOCK TWO POL PIECES TERMINAL NO. 4 (SPARE) ONE POL PIECE THREE FAN SPEED SENSORS For Training Purposes Only ONE TRIM BALANCE SENSOR Figure 100 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Fan Speed & Trim Balance Sensor.

The forth winging provides a dedicated N2 signal to Channel ”A ” of the EEC. S The N2 windings gives an analog signal through the cockpit for ECAM indication. The alternator provides two identical and independent power outputs. If a shaft seal failure occurs and the alternator fills with engine oil. The rotor is mounted directly on the gearbox output shaft and the stator is bolted to the gearbox housing. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 200 .Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE INDICATING GENERAL A319/A320A321 IAE V2530−A5 77−00 DEDICATED ALTERNATOR (PMA) The alternator function are: S the primary power source for the Electronic Engine Control (EEC) S N2 signal source for the EEC and Engine Vibration Monitoring Unit (EVMU) and the cockpit Description The unit is designed for maximum reliability by the elimination of splines. two of which provide three phase frequency AC electric power to respectively channel ” A ” and ” B ”. The stator and rotor are sealed from the gearbox by a shaft seal. S It comprises two stators (one power and one speed) and a rotor. S Is driven from the main accessory gearbox S Consists of a magnetic rotor running in a stator. one for each channel of the EEC. The third winding provides a single phase AC analog signal propotional to N2 for the Engine Vibration Monitoring System. To maintain the temperature of the dedicated alternator at an acceptable level the alternator incorporate an integral cooling air manifold using fan air. the alternator will continue to function normally. the stator has four independing windings. bearings or similar parts which can deteriorate or fail.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE INDICATING GENERAL A319/A320A321 IAE V2530−A5 77−00 A P12.5 AIR A For Training Purposes Only Figure 101 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Engine Dedicated Alternator Page: 201 .

THE SAME ACCELEROMETER IS NOT USED FOR TWO SUCCESSIVE FLIGHTS. THE CHANGEOVER OCCURS AT POWER−UP OR ON SPECIAL REQUEST (MCDU) ON THE GROUND. − an Engine Vibration Monitoring Unit − two vibration indications N1 and N2. For Training Purposes Only Interfaces The EVMU interfaces with the ECAM and the CFDS CFDS interfaces: Maintenance fault messages. NOTE: ONLY ONE ACCELEROMETER IS USED AT A TIME (A OR B).Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE INDICATING ANALYZERS A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 77-30 VIBRATION INDICATION An engine vibration monitoring unit monitors the N1 and N2 levels of both engines. The N1 and N2 vibrations of the left and right engines are displayed on the engine and cruise pages. FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 202 . The engine vibration system provides the following functions : − vibration indication due to rotor unbalance via N1 and N2 slaved tracking filters − excess vibration (above advisory level of 5 units ) − fan balancing (phase and displacement) − shaft speed (N1 and N2) − storage of balancing data − initial values acquisition on request (option ) − BITE and MCDU communication − accelerometer selection − frequency analysis when the printer is available. General The engine vibration measurement system comprises : − one transducer on each engine with 2 piezoelectric accelerometers .

9 N2 1.8 0.2 140 160 80 80 Powersupply 115V AC DMU VIB SENSOR A For Training Purposes Only AIDS SDAC1 VIB SENSOR B SDAC2 CFDIU DED: GEN Figure 102 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Vibration Indication Page: 203 . PULSING ADVISORY ABOVE 5 PULSING ADVISORY ABOVE 5 VIB 0.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE INDICATING ANALYZERS A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 77-30 VIBRATION indications: THE VIBRATION INDICATIONS OF THE LP AND HP ROTORS ARE DISPLAYED IN GREEN.8 1.2 N1 0.8 VIB 1.3 0.2 1.

The acceleration signal is then integrated in order to express the vibration in velocity terms. The N1 and N2 signals are used to: − drive the tracking filters. the following parts of the EVMU system are checked: − N1 and N2 NB velocity − unbalance data − N1 and N2 tacho frequencies − accelerometer signals. Channel modules Each channel module processes the signals from the two engine accelerometers and from the two speed signals N1 and N2 : this enables the extraction from the overall vibration signal of a component due to rotor first order unbalance. The EVMU receives analog signals from : − the 2 engine accelerometers (1 per engine) − and the N1 and N2 speed sensors of each engine. These modules are removable parts from the signal conditioner and are repairable subassemblies. the following parts of the EVMU are checked: − the non−volatile memory − the timers − the analog−to−digital converter − the ARINC 429 transmitter and receivers − the tacho generators. During the execution of the cyclic BITE sequence. through the circuit breaker 1EV. The EVMU sends signals through the digital ARINC 429 data bus to : − SDAC1 and 2 for cockpit indication − the CFDIU − the DMU − and printer (if installed) for maintenance purposes. and − slave their center frequencies at the shaft rotational speed. During the power−up sequence of the BITE. Power supply module The power supply module receives the 115VAC/400Hz power. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 204 . the date and other reference parameters. Power Supply The EVMU is supplied with 115V/400Hz by the busbar 101XPA. It also receives digital input from CFDS through ARINC 429 data bus.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE INDICATING ANALYZERS A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 77-30 ENGINE VIBRATION MONITORING UNIT (EVMU) Description The signal conditioner is composed of: − 2 channel modules − 1 balancing module − 1 data processing module − 1 power supply module. The accelerometer signals pass through these tracking filters which extract the N1 and N2 related fundamental vibration. Built in test equipment (BITE) maintenance and fault information The equipment contains a BITE system to detect internal and external failure. It provides the other modules with the necessary voltages. Any detected failure is stored in the non−volatile memory with GMT.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE INDICATING ANALYZERS A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 77-30 For Training Purposes Only Figure 103 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 EVMU Schematic Page: 205 .

For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T KoA May 04 Page: 206 .Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE INDICATING ANALYZERS A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 77-30 COMPONENTS The vibration transducer including two indipendent channels is installed on the fan case at the top left side of the engine. The EVMU is located in the Avionics compartment 86VU.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE INDICATING ANALYZERS A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 77-30 ELECTRICAL HARNESS VIBRATION TRANSDUCER For Training Purposes Only VIBRATION SENSOR FAN CASE Figure 104 FRA US/T KoA May 04 Vibration Sensors Page: 207 .

1 bearing or TRF) to be used for the next flights. The EVMU also indicates which accelerometer is in operation. − Previous leg report : lists the LRU’s detected faulty during the legs (max 62) previous to the last leg. and performs balancing calculations for both engines using both accelerometers. Only the last 3 failures detected are displayed. The results are sent to the printer. − Engine unbalance : allows selection of 5 different speeds per engine (from 50% to 100% N1 RPM) at which unbalance data is stored. lt also enables previously acquired unbalance data to be read. allows maintenance staff to obtain. through the MCDU menu.Lufthansa Technical Training Engine Indicating Analyzers A319 / A320 / A321 IAE V2530−A5 77−30 EVMU OPERATION (CFDS) The maintenance mode (CFDS mode) of operation. Second page: − Accelerometer reconfiguration : allows selection of the accelerometer (fan no. lt allows troubleshooting of the LRU itself and corresponds to failures at LRU level. or print the following First page : − Last leg report : lists the LRU’s detected faulty during the last leg. − Class 3 failures : lists the LRU’s detected faulty during a ground test. lf no failure has been detected. − Test: enables a complete check of the EVM system. − Frequency analysis : enables a frequency analysis of the acceleration signal to be per formed. lf any failure has been detected the failed LRU is displayed. the message TEST OK is displayed. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T bu July 01 Page: Page: 208 . − Shop maintenance : operational only when the EVMU is in the shop for maintenance. − LRU identification : provides the unit part number and manufacturer name.

Lufthansa Technical Training Engine Indicating Analyzers A319 / A320 / A321 IAE V2530−A5 77−30 For Training Purposes Only Figure 105 FRA US/T bu July 01 EVMU CFDS Pages Page: Page: 209 .

The faults detected are the same as for the last leg report. The various functions are detailed here after. Last leg report The EVMU sends the list of the LRUs which have been detected faulty during the last leg. the message ”TEST OK” is displayed. If no failure has been detected. Previous leg report The EVMU sends the list of the LRUs which have been detected faulty during the legs (maximum 64) previous to the last leg. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 210 . LRU identification The EVMU sends the EVM unit part number Test The test item allows initiation of a complete check of the EVM system.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE INDICATING ANALYZERS A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 77-30 CFDS SYSTEM REPORT / TEST The Centralized Fault Data System (CFDS) enables access to the system. The first menu sent to the MCDU is the main menu. If any failure has been detected the failed LRU is displayed.

For Training Purposes Only Figure 106 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 CFDS System Report / Test EVMU Page: 211 .K.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE INDICATING ANALYZERS A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 77-30 OR TEST TEST IN PROGRESS TEST 77-32-16 ENG1 ACCLRM 4004EV (A) TEST SELF-TEST O.

It provides this information. Storage of unbalance data If requested. REFER TO AMM ATA 77-32-34. For every stored measurement the stabilized conditions shall be met once more again. TO GET ACCESS AGAIN TO THE SYSTEM REPORT / TEST MENU ENG.to the output bus. the system can store the balancing data during the cruise phase when stabilized conditions are reached (the actual N1speed does not fluctuate more than plus or minus 2% during at least 30s). For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 212 .Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE INDICATING ANALYZERS A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 77-30 CFDS SYSTEM REPORT /TEST ENGINE UNBALANCE MENU This menu permits for both engine. REFER TO AMM 31-32-00. Measurement of the unbalance data The EVMU measures the position and the amplitude of the rotor unbalance of each engine. It also permits to effectuate balancing for a selected engine with both accelerometers. to command unbalance data storage during next flight and the read out of the stored data. when available. NOTE: THIS TEST CAN BE DONE DURING AN ENGINE RUN-UP IN OR DER TO OBTAIN VIBRATION MEASUREMENT FOR DIFFERENT N1 SPEEDS.

0 / 0.B > 00 / 00 0 0/0 0.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE INDICATING ANALYZERS A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 77-30 EVMU ENGINE UNBALANCE EVMU <ACCELEROMETER RECONFIGURATION < LEFT < LEFT < LEFT CLEAR READ BALANCING RIGHT > RIGHT > RIGHT > < ENGINE UNBALANCE < FREQUENCY ANALYSIS < RETURN PRINT > NOTE : THE N1 SPEED CAN BE INDICATED IN % OR RPM DEPENDING ON EVMU SOFTWARE.0 0.B > 20 / 59 359 0 / 359 0.B > < ACC.0 0.A * DISPL MILS DISPL MILS STOP STOP Figure 107 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Unbalance Data Page: 213 .1 0.0 / 0.0 < ACC.B > EVMU For Training Purposes Only 00 / 00 0 0/0 0.1 < ACC. EVMU BALANCING LEFT < ACC.A START N1/N2% PHASE DEG ACC.A 20 / 59 359 0 / 359 0.0 0.1 * ACC.1 / 0.A BALANCING LEFT START N1/N2% PHASE DEG ACC.0 ACC.0 / 0.

A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 77-30 For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 214 .Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE INDICATING ANALYZERS CFDS SYSTEM REPORT /TEST ENGINE UNBALANCE MENU The EVMU acuired unbalance data can be cleared with the clear menu.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE INDICATING ANALYZERS A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 77-30 For Training Purposes Only Figure 108 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Unbalance Data Page: 215 .

This menu allows selection of the accelerometer A or B or the auto switch mode alternate to be used for the next flights. The EVMU indicates which accelerometer is in operation.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE INDICATING ANALYZERS A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 77-30 CFDS ACCELEROMETER RECONFIG. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 216 .

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE INDICATING ANALYZERS A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 77-30 For Training Purposes Only Figure 109 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Accelerometer Reconfiguration Page: 217 .

lt allows maintenance staff to perform engine parameter trend monitoring and troubleshooting. − Engine run−up report. which are: − Engine cruise report. which is used to monitor aircraft and engine parameters. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T bu July 01 Page: Page: 218 . − Engine take−off report. The vibration information is printed on various reports. − Cruise performance report. − Engine mechanical advisory report. − Engine on−request report.Lufthansa Technical Training Engine Indicating Analyzers A319 / A320 / A321 IAE V2530−A5 77−30 AIRCRAFT INTEGRATED DATA SYSTEM AIDS reports Vibration data is provided to the Aircraft Integrated Data System (AIDS).

Lufthansa Technical Training Engine Indicating Analyzers A319 / A320 / A321 IAE V2530−A5 77−30 For Training Purposes Only Figure 110 FRA US/T bu July 01 AIDS Page: Page: 219 .

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONROL CONTROLLING A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 −A5 73−20 ATA 73 ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL 73−20 FADEC FADEC LRU’S Electronic Engine Control (EEC ) Fuel Metering Unit ( FMU ) Sensors For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 220 .

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONROL CONTROLLING A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 −A5 73−20 /PB For Training Purposes Only IDG TOIL GEN Figure 111 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 FADEC Architecture Page: 221 .

Description The DEP links the coded data inputs through the EEC by the use of shorting jumper leads which are used to select the plug pins in a unique combination. NOTE: IF THE DATA INPUTS OF THE DATA ENTRY PLUG J6 ARE LOST. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 222 .This is accomplshed by changing the configuration of the jumper leads in accordence with the relevant instructions. During a life of an engine .Located to the Junction 6 of the EEC it provides unique engine data to channel A and B. when the EPR modifier code may need to be changed.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONROL CONTROLLING DATA ENTRY PLUG MODIFICATION A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 −A5 73−20 FADEC LRU‘S Electronic Engine Control ( EEC ) Data Entry Plug The Data Entry Plug ( DEP ) provides discrete inputs to the EEC.Then using the EEC Harness Wrench torque tighten the DEP connector to 32 Ibf in.WHICH IS LOCATED AT THE LEFT HAND SIDE OF THE FAN CASE. it may be necessary to change the DEP configuration . either during incorporation of Service Bulletins or after engine overhaul . NOTE : THE PART NUMBER IS WRITTEN ON THE DEP . The data transmitted by the DEP is: S EPR Modifier (Used for power setting ) S Engine Rating S Engine Serial No. THE PARTNUMBER CAN ALSO BE FOUND ON THE ENGINE DATA PLATE. During removal/replacement of the DEP it is necessary to use an EEC Harness Wrench as it is imperative that the connectors are tight. EEC DEP TESTER After modifing the DEP a electrical wiring test on the data entry plug assemblymust be performed with the tester below. THEN AN AUTOMATIC REVISION FROM EPR MODE TO UNRATED N1 MODE OCCURS.to make sure the pins and jumpers are proberly installed. On fitment of the DEP to the EEC align the main key of the connector with the EEC and hand tighten the connector.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONROL CONTROLLING A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 −A5 73−20 VIBRATION ISOLATOR MOUNTS HANDLE DATA ENTRY PLUG EEC For Training Purposes Only *MARKING AERA CHANNEL A HOUSING COOLING AIR PORTS CHANNEL B HOUSING PRESSURE PORTS Figure 112 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 EEC/ Data Entry Plug Page: 223 .

Pb . 4000 KSA Engine D202P Engine D203P Engine D204P Engine D211P J1 J2 J3 J4 J11 Rear Face J5 J6 J7 J8 J9 J10 The following .B.E. but separate electrical harnesses provide the input/output circuits between the E. Turbine exhaust pressure ( P5 (P4. − THE PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS THEN SUPPLY DIGITAL ELECTRONIC SIGNALS TO CHANNELS A AND B.pressure ( P2/T2 fan itlet probe ) .U.ambient air pressure ( fan case sensor ) .B.P . 4000 KSB Engine D208P Engine D209P Engine D210P For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 224 . P12.L. Pamb . P2.U. P5 (P4. The harness connectors are ’keyed’ to prevent misconnection.fan outlet pressure ( fan rake ) Electrical Connections Front Face Harness Connector Plug Identification E.5 Engine D205P Data Entry Plug E.booster stage outlet pressure . and the relevant sensor/control actuator.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONROL CONTROLLING A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 −A5 73−20 ELECTRONIC ENGINE CONTROL (EEC) Harness (Electrical) and Pressure Connections Two identical.9) rake ) .5 . pressures are sensed: .9) . NOTE: SINGLE PRESSURE SIGNALS ARE DIRECTED TO PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS − LOCATED WITHIN THE E. P2 .C.C.E.burner pressure (air pressure) P3/T3 probe . and the aircraft interface.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONROL CONTROLLING A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 −A5 73−20 For Training Purposes Only FRONT FACE REAR FACE BOTTOM FACE Figure 113 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Electronic Engine Control ( EEC ) Page: 225 .

the FADEC Ground Power Panel permits FADEC power supply to be restored on ground with engine shut down. no switching has to be done. Electronic Engine Control (EEC) Power Supply The EEC is supplied from the aircraft electrical power when engine is shutdown. FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 226 . FADEC Ground Power Panel For maintenance purposes and MCDU engine tests. Two TRU’s in the EEC provides 28VDC to each EEC channel. − after 5 mn of engine shutdown NOTE: AN ACTION ON THE ENG FIRE P/B PROVIDES EEC POWER CUT OFF. EEC automatic depowering on ground : − after 5 mn of A/C power up. Powering N2 <10% Each channel is independently supplied by the aircraft 28 volts through the Engine Interface Unit. NOTE: THE EIU TAKES POWER FROM THE SAME BUS BAR AS THE EEC. the EEC generator can supply directly the EEC. The EEC generator supplies each channel with three−phase AC.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE AND FUEL CONTROL CONTROLLING A319/A3207A321 IAE V2530 A5 73−20 FADEC POWER SUPPLY EIU Power supply The EIU is powered from the aircraft electrical power. − aircraft electrical power when N2 <10%. For Training Purposes Only Powering N2 >10% As soon as engine is running above 10% N2. − EEC generator power when N2 >10%. NOTE : ALSO THE FADEC IS REPOWERED AS SOON AS THE ENGINE MODE SELECTOR OR THE MASTER LEVER IS SELECTED . A/C 28 VDC permits : − automatic ground check of FADEC before engine running − engine starting − powering the EEC while engine reaches 10% N2. When the corresponding ENG FADEC GND POWER P/B is pressed ”ON” the EEC is powered again . then from the EEC generator when the engine is running. through the EIU after engine shutdown. Auto Depowering The FADEC is automatically depowered on ground.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE AND FUEL CONTROL CONTROLLING A319/A3207A321 IAE V2530 A5 73−20 NOTE: * supplied for 5 min NORM EEC 401 PP (DC ESS BUS) FOR ENGINE 1 & 2 A DEDICATED GEN TRU/ 28V TRU/ 28V EEC For Training Purposes Only B 202 PP (DC BUS 2 ) FOR ENGINE 2 301 PP (BAT BUS) FOR ENGINE 1 Figure 114 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 FADEC Power Supply Page: 227 .

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE AND FUEL CONTROL CONTROLLING A319/A3207A321 IAE V2530 A5 73−20 49VU For Training Purposes Only 2450000HMQ0 Figure 115 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Engine Circuit Breakers Page: 228 .

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE AND FUEL CONTROL CONTROLLING A319/A3207A321 IAE V2530 A5 73−20 121VU ANTI ICE 2450000VAQ0 122VU For Training Purposes Only 2450000UMR0 Figure 116 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Engine Circuit Breakers Page: 229 .

9 (EGT) Sensor (Ref.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL FADEC SENSORS A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 A5 73−20 ATA 73-22 F ADEC SENSORS FADEC LRU‘S SENSORS Engine Sensors T4.9 ( P5) For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 230 . 77−10−00) N2 Sensor (Ref. 77−00) P3/T3 Sensor P4. 77−20−00) N1 Sensor (Ref. 77−10−00) Engine Oil Temperature Sensor (Ref. 79−30−00) P2/T2 Sensor (Ref.

5 T4.5 For Training Purposes Only P4.9 (P5) P4.9 (P5) N2 Figure 117 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 FADEC Sensors Page: 231 .9 (P5) T4.5 T2.9 P2.9 P3 / T3 T4.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL FADEC SENSORS A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 A5 73−20 P0 (Pamb) P12.9 P4.9 P2/T2 N1 EEC T4.

to one channel of the Electronic Engine Control (EEC).Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL FADEC SENSORS A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 A5 73−20 FADEC LRU‘S SENSORS P3/T3 SENSOR The P3/T3 sensor monitors the pressure and temperature at the exit of the HP compressor. proportional to temperature. The combined sensor houses two thermocouples and one pressure inlet port. PURPOSE: The purpose of the P3/T3 sensor is to provide performance data to the EEC for starting and during transient and steady state operation of the engine. Each thermocouple provides an independant electrical signal. P3/T3 For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 232 .

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL FADEC SENSORS A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 A5 73−20 PRESSURE PORT CHROMEL ALUMEL For Training Purposes Only Figure 118 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 P3/T3 Sensor Page: 233 .

They are monitoring the pressure and temperature between the two compressors.5 is used for system scheduling.5 SENSOR The P12.5 is used for trend monitoring.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL FADEC SENSORS P2. These two sensors are located in the intermediate case.5 / T2.5 SENSORS A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 A5 73−20 P12.114). The pressure tapping is also used for the cooling air supply of the dedicated alternator(see Fig. This pressure is used for trend monitoring. It monitors the pressure behind the fan stator. T2. P2.5 sensor is a pressure tapping at the top of the fan case. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 234 .

5 Sensors Page: 235 .5 / T2.5 OFFTAKE For Training Purposes Only Figure 119 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 P2.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL FADEC SENSORS A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 A5 73−20 P12.

Interfaces The EEC receives air data parameters from the Air Data Inertional Reference System ( ADIRS ). It also monitors the engine oil cooling through an air/oil heat exchanger servo valve. The fuel Pressure Raising Shut Off Valve is controlled by the EEC through the FMU . NOTE: THE FUNCTIONS OF THE FADEC ARE ALSO RESET WHEN THE ENG MASTER LEVER IS SET TO OFF. It also provides the data outputs nescessary for the Flight Management and Guidance Computers ( FMGCs ).sensors and peripheral components. S 7th and 10th stage handling bleed valves. N1 and N2 speeds.These provide the correct fuel flow . S Variable Stator Vanes ( VSV ). three torque motors are activated by the EEC . The primary parameters are Engine Pressure ratio ( EPR = P4. Exhaust Gas Temperature ( EGT ) and metered Fuel Fuel Flow ( FF ). Each EEC channel directly receives the Thrust Lever Angle (TLA ) . Compressor airflow control : S Booster Stage Bleed Valves ( BSBV ). NOTE: THE CHANNEL SELECTION STRATEGY IS BASED ON CHANNEL HEALTH CRITERIA . Turbine clearance control : S HP and LP Turbine Active Clearance Control ( ACC ) valves. an incorporated valve reduces the fuel flow . and operational commands from the Engine Interface Unit ( EIU ) . For Training Purposes Only Sensors Various sensors are provided for engine control and monitoring. the system automatically switches to the other one.THE COMMAND CHANNEL ALTERNATES EACH ENGINE START . Compressor Airflow and Turbine Clearance Control The EEC controls the compressor airflow and the turbine clearance through separated sub systems. In case of failure of the operational channel. Pressure sensors and thermocouples are provided at the aerodynamic stations. Electronic Engine Control The EEC consists of two channels (A and B) with crosstalk. The EEC transmits the thrust parameters and TLA to the FMGCs for the autothrust function. overspeed protection and Engine Shut Down.9/P2 ). Fuel Metering Unit ( FMU ) In the FMU.Each channel can control the various components of the engine systems. one channel is in command while the other is in standby . In case of an overspeed. FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 236 .(If Installed) Engine oil cooling : S Air Cooled Oil Cooler ( ACOC )servo valve .Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL CONTROLLING A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 − A5 73−20 FADEC DESCRIPTION General The Full Authority Digital Engine Control system consists of an Electronic Engine Control plus a Fuel Metering Unit. They are permanently operational. and the fault message to the EIU for aircraft maintenance data system. S 10th stage make−up air valve. but it is closed directly from the corresponding ENG MASTER lever when set to OFF.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL CONTROLLING A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 − A5 73−20 /PB For Training Purposes Only IDG TOIL GEN Figure 120 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 FADEC Architecture Page: 237 .

Start and Ignition Control Each channel can control the starter valve operation. the fuel Pressure Raising Shut − Off Valve opening and the ignition during the engine start sequence. P3 and T3. In order to perform a better analysis of engine condition. P2. PB. The FADEC provides engine control system self testing to detect problems at LRU level. T2. A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 − A5 73−20 FADEC SYSTEM MAINTENANCE Fault Detection The FADEC maintenance is facilitated by internal extensive Built in Test Equipment (BITE) providing efficient fault detection. P2. FADEC is such that no engine ground run for trim purposes is necessary after component replacement. when requested. Communication with CFDS Ground test of electrical and electronic parts is possible from cockpit.5 and T2. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 238 . Engine Parameter Transmission for Cockpit Display The FADEC provides the necessary engine parameters for cockpit display through the ARINC 429 buses output. WF valve or actuator position − status and maintenance words. P5. N1. through the CFDS. with engines not running. Part of the engine fuel can be recirculated to the aircraft tanks by means of a return valve included in the fuel diverter valve module. IDG oil and engine fuel system by means of a Fuel Diverter and Return Valve. − VSV. N2. BSBV.9 (EGT). engine serial number and position. The basic engine parameters available are: − WF. Engine Condition Parameter Transmission Engine Condition monitoring is provided by the ability of the FADEC to transmit the engine parameters through the ARINC 429 bus output. The EEC controls the operation of the Fuel Diverter and Return Valve according to the engine fuel temperature ( T FUEL ) and the IDG oil temperature and the engine oil temperature ( T OIL ). some additional parameters are optionally available.5. These are P12. is available on an aircraft centralized maintenance display unit. Fuel Diverter and Return Valve The EEC manages the thermal exchange between the engine oil . Pamb T4. The results of this fault detection are contained in status and maintenance words according to ARINC 429 specification and are available on the output data bus.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL CONTROLLING FADEC DESCRIPTION Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control Unit The EEC controls the thrust reverser operation through a Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU ) Each EEC channel will energize the solenoids of an isolation valve and a directional valve included in the HCU to provide deployment and stowage of the thrust reverser translating sleeves. Non Volatile Memory In flight fault data is stored in FADEC non volatile memory and. 7th and 10th stage bleed commanded positions HPT/LPT ACC.HPT cooling.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL CONTROLLING A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 − A5 73−20 /PB For Training Purposes Only IDG TOIL GEN Figure 121 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 FADEC Architecture Page: 239 .

Complete output Signal Failure In case of complete output failure there will be no current flow through torque motors or solenoids. Single Output Signal Failure If an output failure occurs. S In the event of loss of both channels. or loss of electrical power. processor. e. if it recognises faulty or suspect . (single pressure transducers within the EEC provide signals to each channel−A and B ) . inputs. S Dual sensors are used to supply all EEC inputs exept pressures.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL CONTROLLING A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 − A5 73−20 FAILURES AND REDUNDANCY Improved reliability is achieved by utilising dual sensors dual feedback. the system runs on synthetized values of the healthiest channel. The associated component will be the ” FAIL−SAFE ” position. T/S ACTION: One Channel . as long as the Cross Channel Data Link is operativ. S Each channel normally uses its own input signals but each channel can also use input signals from the other channel if required i. Dual Input Signal Failure If dual input signal failure occurs . Single Input Signal Failure There is no channel changeover for input signal failure. NOTE: IF THE EEC POWER SUPPLY IS LOST. S In the event of faults in both channels a pre−determined hierarchy decides whitch channel is more capable of control and utilises that channel. AUTOMATIC RECOVERY IS POSSIBLE. S The EEC uses indentical software in each of the two channels. programme memory and input/ output functions. the systems are designed to go to their failsafe positions. there is an automatic switchover to the standby active channel. S An output fault in one channel will cause switchover to control from the other channel. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 240 .most likely LRU failure. THE COMPONENTS WILL GO INTO”FAILE−SAFE” POSITION. NOTE: FAULTS ARE NOT LATCHED. The mode of operation and the selection of the channel in control is decided by the availability of input signal and output controls. The selected channel is one having the least significant failure. Each channel has its own power supply .

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL CONTROLLING A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 − A5 73−20 TM For Training Purposes Only Figure 122 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 FADEC Processing and Fault Logic Page: 241 .

It also prevents exceedance of rotor speeds (N1 and N2) and burner pressure limits. S Dual sensors are used to supply all EEC inputs exept pressures. inputs. In addition. Engine surge Engine surge is detected by a rapid decrease in burner pressure or the value of rate of change of burner pressure.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL CONTROLLING ENGINE LIMITS PROTECTION A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 − A5 73−20 FAILURES AND REDUNDANCY Improved reliability is achieved by utilising dual sensors dual feedback. for both the low and high speed rotors. General The FADEC prevents inadvertent overboosting of the expected rating (EPR limit and EPR target) during power setting. S In the event of faults in both channels a pre−determined hierarchy decides whitch channel is more capable of control and utilises that channel. The FADEC unit also provides surge recovery. e. which indicates that surge varies with engine power level . (single pressure transducers within the EEC provide signals to each channel−A and B ) .and lower the maximum Wf/Pb schedule. the systems are designed to go to their failsafe positions. programme memory and input/ output functions. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 242 . Trip signals for hardware and software are combined to activate a torque motor which drives a separate overspeed valve in the fuel metering unit to reduce fuel flow to a minimum value. The mode of operation and the selection of the channel in control is decided by the availability of input signal and output controls. S The EEC uses indentical software in each of the two channels. processor. Supplementary electronic circuitry for overspeed protection is also incorporated in the EEC. the FADEC unit monitors EGT and sends an appropriate indication to the cockpit display in case of exceedance of the limit. the EEC will reset the stator vanes by several degrees in the closed direction. The engine can be shut down to reset the overspeed system to allow a restart if desired. Overspeed Overspeed protection logic consists of overspeed limiting loops. Once detected. Each channel has its own power supply . Recovery of burner pressure to its steady state level or the elapse of a timer will release the resets on the schedules and allow the bleeds to close. S An output fault in one channel will cause switchover to control from the other channel. which act directly upon the fuel flow command. if it recognises faulty or suspect . or loss of electrical power. S In the event of loss of both channels. open the booster 7th and 10th stage bleeds. S Each channel normally uses its own input signals but each channel can also use input signals from the other channel if required i.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL CONTROLLING A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 − A5 73−20 TM For Training Purposes Only Figure 123 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 FADEC Processing and Fault Logic Page: 243 .

) The autothrust function (ATHR) can be engaged or active. the ATHR function can be activated regardless of throttle position. –ATHR active from the FMGC. ( 30 deg C. The thrust is controlled by the throttle lever position and ATHR will be activated again as soon as both throttles are set at or below MCT gate. thrust lever sets an EPR value proportional to the thrust lever position up to maximum take−off thrust. If the Alpha Floor condition is not present. plus an analog discrete from the instinctive disconnect pushbutton on the throttle. The ATHR function is engaged automatically in the FMGC by auto pilot mode demand and manually by action on the ATHR pushbutton located on the Flight Control Unit (FCU).Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL CONTROLLING AUTOTHRUST ACTIVATION / DEACTIVATION A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 − A5 73−20 POWER MANAGEMENT Autothrust Mode The autothrust mode is only available between idle and maximum ( MCT ) when the aircraft is in flight. S Or autothrust signalis lost from EIU. setting at least one throttle lever forward of the MCT gate leads to ATHR deactivation but maintains ATHR engaged . the thrust is locked until the thrust lever is moved manually. NOTE: AUTOTHRUST IS ONLY ACTIVE IN EPR MODE. FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 244 . The thrust will be tied to the throttle lever position as soon as the throttles have been set out of the MCT or MCL positions. The ATHR de−activation and ATHR disengagement are achieved by action on the disconnect pushbutton located on the throttle levers or by depressing the ATHR pushbutton provided that the ATHR was engaged. the thrust is frozen to the actual value at the time of the deactivation. In this mode. and will remain frozen until the thrust lever is moved manually or autothrust is reset with the autothrust pushbutton switch. When the autothrust function is disengaged while the thrust lever is in MCT/ FLX or CL (Maximum Continuous / Flexible Take−Off or Climb ) detent. The autothrust function will be active and will provide an EPR target for: S Max climb thrust S Optimum thrust S An aircraft speed ( Mach number ) S A minimum thrust. If the Alpha Floor condition is present. Flexible take−off rating FLEXIBLE TAKE−OFF rating is set by the assumed temperature method with the possibility to insert an assumed temperature value higher than the maximum one certified for engine operation . S Or one of the two instinctive disconnect pushbutton switches on the thrust levers is activated. After take−off the lever is pulled back to the maximum climb position. Memo Mode In the memo the thrust value is frozen to the last EPR actual value. IN RATED & UNRATED N1 MODE AUTOTHRUST IS LOST. For Training Purposes Only Manual Mode This mode is entered any time the conditions for autothrust or memo modes are not present. or by selection of the reverse thrust. When ATHR is deactivated (pilot’s action or failure). Memo mode or Thrust locked is entered automatically from autothrust mode when: S The EPR target is invalid. The engagement logic is done in the Flight Management Computer (FMGC) and the activation logic is implemented into the EEC. The activation logic in the EEC unit is based upon two digital discretes: –ATHR engaged.

PB FMGC For Training Purposes Only EEC FUEL FLOW COMMAND EPR Figure 124 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Thrust Control Architecture Page: 245 .Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL CONTROLLING A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 − A5 73−20 AUTOTHRUST DISC.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL CONTROLLING A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 − A5 73−20 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 246 .

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL CONTROLLING A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 − A5 73−20 For Training Purposes Only Figure 125 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Auto Thrust Defenition Page: 247 .

This mode is also entered any time the conditions for autothrust or memo modes are not present. The thrust will be tied to the throttle lever position as soon as the throttles have been set out of the MCT or MCL positions. function of TLA position) if the throttles are not in the ATHR area. IDLE. When ATHR is deactivated (pilot’s action or failure). In this mode. Other ratings (MAX CONTINUOUS. the thrust is frozen to the actual value at the time of the deactivation.Lufthansa Technical Training Engine Fuel and Controls FADEC Power Management A319 / A320 / A321 IAE V2530−A5 73−20 Alpha Floor Condition If the Alpha Floor condition is not present. MAX CLIMB. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T bu July 01 Page: Page: 248 . Manual Mode The thrust is controlled manually (i. the ATHR function can be activated regardless of throttle position. MAX REVERSE) are achieved at constant throttle lever positions. If the Alpha Floor condition is present. the thrust is controlled by the throttle lever position and ATHR will be activated again as soon as both throttles are set at or below MCT gate. setting at least one throttle lever forward of the MCT gate leads to ATHR deactivation but maintains ATHR engaged .FLEXIBLE TAKE−OFF for a given derating is achieved at constant retarded throttle lever position. Flexible take−off rating FLEXIBLE TAKE−OFF rating is set by the assumed temperature method with the possibility to insert an assumed temperature value higher than the maximum one certified for engine operation to provide for the maximum derate allowed by the certifying Authorities. TAKE−OFF/GO−AROUND ratings are always achieved at full forward throttle lever position (except in Alpha−floor mode)..e. thrust lever sets an N1 value proportional to the thrust lever position up to maximum take−off thrust. TLA versus rated thrust is consistent regardless of ambient conditions.

Lufthansa Technical Training Engine Fuel and Controls FADEC Power Management A319 / A320 / A321 IAE V2530−A5 73−20 EPR EPR RATING EPR TARGET EPR TARGET EPR REQUIRED For Training Purposes Only DETENT DETENT DETENT Figure 126 FRA US/T bu July 01 Thrust Lever Positions Page: Page: 249 .

Service Bleeds UNRATED N1 SETTING REQUIREMENTS Unrated N1 The loss of the T2 signal will cause automatic reversion to unrated N1 closed loop control. on N1.It is a despatchable mode but autothrust is not available when operating in this mode.T2 and .the Throttle Resolver Angle ( TRA). the EPR target is compared to the actual EPR to determine the EPR error. Rated N1 The loss of either the P2 or the P 4. Under EPR control. the EEC will switch to the primary control mode (EPR). The unrated N1 thrust setting requires the thrust to be set manually to an N1 speed. if EPR is unoptainable. The maximum N1 must therefore be determined from charts in the Flight Crew Operating Manual ( FCOM ). The EPR error is converted to a rate controlled Fuel Flow command ( FF ) which is summed with the measured fuel flow ( FF actual ) to produce the FF error. The processing of the N1 error signal is the same as for the rated N1 error signal.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL CONTROLLING RATED N1 SETTING REQUIREMENTS A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 − A5 73−20 EPR SETTING REQUIREMENTS EPR The EEC uses closed loop control based on EPR or. The input required for unrated N1 control is: .Use of unrated N1 thrust setting overboost above normal rated thrust is not recommended and will result in reduced engine life. Page: 250 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 . It is a non-despatchable mode and autothrust is not available when operating in this mode. For Training Purposes Only It is possible to re-select the primary control mode ( EPR) through the N1 mode P/B switch following an automatic reversion to rated or unrated N1 mode.N1 mode and N1 rating limit indications on the upper ECAM are lost. If the fault is still present.The rated N1 mode can also be manually selected by actuating the related N1 MODE P/B switch (one per engine) that is located on the overhead panel.the Throttle Resolver Angle ( TRA ). This is a alternate control mode which utilizes to control the thrust automatically. The FF error is converted to a current ( I ) which is sent to the dual torque motor. the EEC will remain in its current thrust setting mode.N1 thrust lever.reversion back to N1 mode (rated or unrated) will result.If the fault is no longer present.9 signal will cause an automatic reversion to the rated N1 closed loop control.The torque motor repositions the Fuel Metering Valve ( FMV ) to change the fuel flow. If the fault later reoccurs.An overboost can occur in the unrated N1 thrust setting at the full forward thrust lever position. The inputs required for Rated N1 control are: . Max N1. The inputs required for EPR control are: S S S S S S Ambient temperature ( T amb ) Engine air inlet temperature ( T2 ) Altitude ( ALT ) Mach number (Mn ) Throttle Resolver Angle ( TRA ). The processing of the N1 error signal is the same as for EPR error signal.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL CONTROLLING A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 − A5 73−20 For Training Purposes Only Figure 127 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Power Setting Requirements Schematic Page: 251 .

pressurization ( Pb-”ON” or valves not closed ) .Approach Idle) S For conditions where the compensated fuel temperature is greater than 140 deg. Bleed Idle S = Bleed demand.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL & CONTROL FADEC POWER MANAGEMENT A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 − A5 73−20 IDLE CONTROL Minimum idle ( 56 % . (in flight and on ground !) For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 252 . HMS Idle (Min Idle .60% N2 ) S is corrected for ambient temp >30° C.(Flap Lever Position -” NOT UP”) Reverse Idle ( approx. C. . then N2 will increase. This idle speed is selected to ensure sufficiently short accelleration time to go around thrust and is set when the aircraft is in an approach configuration. 70% N2 ) S = Approach Idle + 1000 RPM . Approach idle (approx. 70% N2 ) S It varies as a function of Total Air Temperature ( TAT ) and altitude.FADEC sets the engine speed at reverse idle when the throttle is set in the reverse idle detent position . the heat management control logic calculates raised idle speed.wing anti ice and engine anti ice .Bleed Idle command will set the fuel flow requested for ensuring correct aircraft ECS system pressurization .

1/2 Figure 128 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 HMS EEC Idle Control Requirements Page: 253 .Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL & CONTROL FADEC POWER MANAGEMENT A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 − A5 73−20 THRUST LEVERS TLA (REV. EIU Bleed Idle For Training Purposes Only PACKs ENGINE FUEL TEMPERATURE PACK CONT. IDLE) LANDING GEARS LGCIU 1/2 0 1 2 3 FULL 0 1 2 3 FULL WOW (GRD) EIU Reverse Idle Approach Idle N2 Idle Setting SLAT / FLAP LEVER AIR SFCC 1/2 EIU LEVER NOT ZERO EIU FAULT WING ANTI ICE Min Idle ENG ANTI ICE ECS DEMAND ZONE CONT.

5 1130 1093 FRA US/T Kh August 2001 Page: 254 .5 2260 2186 1695 % N1 100 % 96.5 4520 4372 3955 3825.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL FADEC POWER MANAGEMENT A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 − A5 73−20 N1 SPEED TABLE RPM 5650 5465 5085 4918.0 % 50 % 48.7 % 30 % 29 % 20 % 19.7 % 90 % 87 % 80 % 77.4 % 70 % 67.4 % 40 % 38.7 % 60 % 58.5 3390 3279 2825 2732.3 % For Training Purposes Only 1639.

5% 8800 58.2% N2 ROTOR SPEED ( RPM / % ) For Training Purposes Only 9200 61.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL FADEC POWER MANAGEMENT A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 − A5 73−20 V2530-A5 SLS / STD GROUND IDLE ( NO OFFT AKES ) 9600 64. C.5% 8400 56. ) Figure 129 FRA US/T Kh August 2001 Ground Idle Speed Diagram N2 Page: 255 .5% 7600 50.8% 57.8% −80 −60 −40 −20 0 +10 +15 +20 +30 +40 +50 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE ( DEG.1% 8000 53.

NOTE: FAULTS ARE NOT LATCHED. Faults are memorized in the system BITE as they occur. The selected channel is one having the least significant failure. the system runs on synthetized values of the healthiest channel. Dual Input Signal Failure If dual input signal failure occurs . 3 . the two channels are equal. Complete output Signal Failure In case of complete output failure there will be no current flow through torque motors or solenoids. the system can use data from the other channel.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL CONTROLLING A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 − A5 73−20 FADEC FAULT STRATEGY General The Electronic Engine control ( EEC ) system is dual.most likely LRU failure. AUTOMATIC RECOVERY IS POSSIBLE. FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 256 . NOTE: For Training Purposes Only IF THE EEC POWER SUPPLY IS LOST. as long as the Cross Channel Data Link is operativ. THE COMPONENTS WILL GO INTO”FAILE−SAFE” POSITION. Failures are classified as class 1. T/S ACTION: One Channel . The associated component will be the ” FAIL−SAFE ” position. Single Output Signal Failure If an output failure occurs. there is an automatic switchover to the standby active channel. 2 . Each parameter sensor as well as feedback sensors used by each channel come from two different sourses : S Local or cross− channel through the Cross channel Data Link NOTE: SOME SENSORS CAN DIRECTLY BE SYNTHETIZED BY THE CORRESPONDING CHANNEL Single Input Signal Failure There is no channel changeover for input signal failure. or switch to the other channel. According to the failure class. Input Fault Strategy All sensors and feedback signals are dual.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL CONTROLLING . A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 − A5 73−20 For Training Purposes Only Figure 130 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 FADEC Single Input Signal Failure Page: 257 .

THE REVERSER WILL REMAIN DEPLOYED.45% OPEN OPEN FMU RETURN FLOW THROUGH FCOC (MODE 4 OR 5 ) SOLENOID DE-ENERGIZED CLOSED ( MODE 3 OR 4 ) ON CLOSED OFF REVERSER STOWED For Training Purposes Only IF THERE IS A FAILURE OF THE THRUST REVERSER HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT DIRECTIONAL VALVE WHILE THE REVERSER IS DEPLOYED. August 2001 Page: 258 FRA US/T Bu .5 BLEED ACTUATOR (BSBV) 7TH STAGE HANDLING BLEED VALVES 10TH STAGE HANDLING BLEED VALVE HPT ACC VALVE LPT ACC VALVE ACOC AIR VALVE 10TH STAGE ”MAKEUP” AIR VALVE FUEL DIVERTER VALVE RETURN TO TANK VALVE IGNITION STARTER AIR VALVE P2/T2 PROBE HEAT THRUST REVERSER CONTROL UNIT * NOTE: FAIL SAFE STATE: MIN FLOW VANES OPEN BLEED OPEN BLEED OPEN BLEED OPEN VALVE CLOSED VALVE PARTIALLY OPEN .Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL CONTROLLING A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 − A5 73−20 COMPONENT FAIL SAFE STATES COMPONENTS: METERING VALVE VARIABLE STATOR VANE ACTUATOR 2.

ADC SIGNALS: BOTH TLA: ONE TLA: BOTH 115V AC: BOTH 28V DC: For Training Purposes Only DISAGREEMENT BETWEEN TRA: FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 259 .Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL CONTROLLING LOSS OF INPUTS FROM AIRCRAFT A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 − A5 73−20 EIU SIGNALS: NO ENGINE STARTING. IN REVERSE: IF REVERSER INADVERTENTLY DEPLOYS AND BOTH REVERSER FEEDBACKS ARE INVALID. ON GROUND: SET IDLE IN FLIGHT: AT TAKE OFF FREEZE LAST VALID TLA. NO REVERSE THRUST MODULATED IDLE NOT AVAILABLE. NO AUTOTHRUST ON BOTH ENGINES. THE EEC USES THE REDUNDANT SENSOR. NO IGNITION NO P2/T2 PROBE HEATING NO START RUN ON ALTERNATOR ABOVE 10% N2 ON GROUND: IN FLIGHT: ON REVERSE: SET FORWARD IDLE SELECT LARGER VALUE BUT LIMIT THIS TO MCT SELECT REVERSE IDLE.POWER IS SET TO IDLE. CONTINUOUS IGNITION EEC USES ENGINE SENSORS.THEN SELECT MCT AT SLAT RETRACTION AUTOTHRUST CAPABILITY.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL FADEC TEST A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 −A5 73−20 ATA 73-20 F ADEC TEST GENERAL: To get access to the FADEC SYSTEM REPORT / TEST menu the FADEC GRD PWR must be switched ”ON”.NEXT P AGE . Then press the line key adjacent to CFDS . For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T bu August 2001 Page: 260 .SYSTEM REPORT / TEST .(2A). The Cells indicate if the failure was detected in the ground memory or the flight memory.ENG 1A (1B).(2B). FADEC PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT This CFDS menu function gives access to the faults which have been detected and stored during the previous 64 flight legs.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL FADEC TEST A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 −A5 73−20 FADEC A FAULT <LAST LEG REPORT <PREVIOUS LEG REPORT <TROUBLESHOOTING REPORT <SYSTEM TEST <GROUND SCANNING <RETURN CLASS 3> For Training Purposes Only NEXT PAGE Figure 131 FRA US/T bu August 2001 Previous Legs Report Page: 261 .

This data is saved in a CELL. This data is saved in a CELL. T/S ACTION: Most likely a LRU problem . FADEC FAILURE TYPES DEFINITION WRAP .Each CELL provides 2 menu pages of troubleshooting informations.) when a fault occured on ground.) TRACK-CHECK F AILURES (TKF) Failure of the system to follow the commands of the EEC.AROUND F AILURE (WAF) A detected failure in the circuitry of a system.) In the example a OSPXCF (OVERSPEED CROSS CHECK FAILURE ) is indicated.check LRU/moving mechanism. Failure of TRA: EEC has specific fault accomodation based on previous value. Failure of Temperature sensors: EEC will use fail safe value. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T bu August 2001 Page: 262 .etc. T/S ACTION: one channel . THUS AUTOMATIC RECOVERY IS POSSIBLE.etc.pressures. CROSS CHECK FAILURES (XCF) A detected difference in the feedbacks from the LRU LVDT‘s or microswitches.Ground Scanning menu.The EEC checks for continuity.most likely LRU failure.solenoids are depowered in groups) T/S ACTION: Most likley a loose connector or chaffed harness next LRU and finally EEC. NOTE: FAULTS ARE NOT LATCHED. both channels .pressures.next check harness then EEC INPUT LATCHED FAILED (ILF) (Single Input Signal Failure ) There is no channel changeover for input signal failure. GROUND DATA This menu gives additional failure data (temperatures.) when a fault occured during the flight.RPM.RPM.most likely mechanical failure . Failure of Reverser: EEC will select most stowed and will not allow a deploy. The EEC compares channel A against Channel B. If failed in one channel: S EEC switches to the other channel (the ability to switch is based on relative helth of the other channel) If failed in both channels: S Healthiest channel continues to command actuator.The cell allows a identification which CFDS FAULT message belongs to which troubleshooting data (eg. as long as the Cross Channel Data Link is operativ.Ground Scanning menu. The cell allows a identification which CFDS FAULT message belongs to which troubleshooting data (eg.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL FADEC TEST A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 −A5 73−20 FADEC TROUBLESHOOTING REPORT The trouble shooting menu has 4 submenus: S FLIGHT DATA S GROUND DATA S AIRCRAFT DATA S EEC CONFIGURATION FLIGHT DATA This menu gives additional failure data (temperatures. If failed in one channel: S EEC switches to the other channel (the ability to switch is based on relative helth of the other channel) If failed in both channels: S specific output is depowered (exception . The EEC compares feedback position against commanded position.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL FADEC TEST A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 −A5 73−20 A second page is available to give more trouble shooting data TROUBLE SHOOTING <FLIGHT DATA <GROUND DATA <AIRCRAFT DATA <EEC CONFIGURATION <RETURN <LAST LEG REPORT For Training Purposes Only <PREVIOUS LEG REPORT <TROUBLESHOOTING REPORT <SYSTEM TEST <GROUND SCANNING <RETURN CLASS 3> Figure 132 FRA US/T bu August 2001 Trouble Shooting Report Page: 263 .

62 MN = .5 P2 = 14. Inlet ) Flight Phase Total Air Pressure ( Eng.0 PSIA: PB = 458. in EEC ) Air Pressure on Eng. Station 2 ) EEC Operating Hours CELL: 31 FAULT: WOFWAF RPM: N1 = 5326 N2 = 14392 DEG C: T5 = 554.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL FADEC TEST A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 −A5 73−20 FADEC FAULT CELL N1 RPM T5 Temperature ( T4.0 For Training Purposes Only NOTE: THE ABBREVIATIONS USED IN THE GROUND DATA ARE THE SAME.0 FLTPH = 3 TCJC = 42. Figure 133 FRA US/T bu August 2001 Flight Data / Ground Data Page: 264 .0 T2 = 26. Station 3 ( PB = Burner Pressure ) Mach Number FADEC 1B FLIGHT DATA Page one of the Cell 31 PG:01 Fault Code N2 RPM T2 Temperature ( Eng.117 HOURS = 571.9 EGT ) Cold Junction Temperature ( Actual Temp.

5 Bleed Actuator Feedback Page two of the Cell 31 PG:02 Fault Code EPR ( indicated ) Channel in Control 1 = Yes .218 INCH LEG = 398.0 FT EPRI = 1.0 WOW = 1 Weight on Wheels 1 = Yes ( Ground ) 0 = NO ( Flight ) For Training Purposes Only NOTE: THE ABBREVIATIONS USED IN THE GROUND DATA ARE THE SAME. 0 = No N1 Mode 1 = Yes 0 = No ( EPR Mode ) Flight Legs CELL: 31 FAULT: WOFWAF ALT: = 336.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL FADEC TEST A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 −A5 73−20 FADEC 1B FLIGHT DATA FADEC Fault Cell Standart Altitude Stator Vane Actuator ( Feedback ) Fuel Flow 2.562 SVA : = 1. Figure 134 FRA US/T bu August 2001 Flight Data / Ground Data Page: 265 .906 INCH INCOM = 1 FF = 11162 PPH BACKUP = 0 B 25 = 1.

For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T bu August 2001 Page: 266 . There are three possible results as follows: 1. 3. There are three possible results as follows: 4. Input / lnternal Test This is the FADEC (EEC) internal check to verify that the local channel interface. 2. Output Driver Test No Run − Indicates that the test was not run because the tested channel was not capable of powering the outputs. Pb. The test and results can be split into three categories described as follows. Pressure Sensor Test This is an internal measurement of the pressure sensors (P2. 6. Pressure Sensor(s) Disagree − Indicates that the static pressure sensor test ran and any two pressure sensors were not within the specified tolerances. Output Driver Test Failed − Indicates that a continuity fault was found. PMX) in the EEC via the local channel to make sure they are within a specified tolerance of each other. 9. The three possible results are as follows: 7. 5. Output Driver Test This is a systen maintenance test that performs a wraparound (continuity) test of all the EEC output driver lines and associated component wiring. 8. Pressure Sensor(s) Agree − Indicates that the static pressure sensor test ran and that all the pressure sensors are within tolerances. Input / Internal Test No Run − Indicates that the local cannel was not capable of powering its outputs or that the EEC has not spent the minimum of 30 seconds in normal mode. input and output circuits are functional prior to entering MENU MODE. P5. Pressure Sensor(s) Failed − Indicates that an interface or range failure (from normal mode) is set for any pressure sensor (hard failures). Output Driver Test Passed − Indicates that no wraparound fault was found. Input / Internal Test Failed − Indicates that the activity monitor circuit test failed or the local channel was unable to provide power to any Output or there were interface or input fault. Input / lnternal Test Passed − Indicates that the activity monitor circuit passed and that no interface or input faults were set prior to entry into menu mode.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL FADEC TEST A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 −A5 73−20 FADEC SYSTEM TEST The FADEC SELF TEST should really be known as the FADEC SYSTEM TEST.

RETURN TO FADEC / MENU PUSH THE LINE KEY ADJACENT TO GROUND SCANNING AND CHECK THE FAILURE MESSAGE.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL FADEC TEST A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 −A5 73−20 <LAST LEG REPORT <PREVIOUS LEG REPORT <TROUBLESHOOTING REPORT <SYSTEM TEST <GROUND SCANNING <RETURN CLASS 3> SYSTEM TEST <FADEC SELF TEST <REVERSER TEST <IGNITOR TEST <STARTER VALVE TEST <RETURN For Training Purposes Only NOTE : IF EVERY TEST FAILED. Figure 135 FRA US/T bu August 2001 FADEC Self Test Page: 267 .

For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T bu August 2001 Page: 268 .More information can be obtained using the troubleshooting menu.) FADEC CLASS 3 FAULT REPORT This menu shows all class 3 faults of the FADEC system which have to repaired after 200 hours or during an A-maintenance check. This menu must also be used to indicate which faults were detected in the other FADEC TEST menus (eg. Starter Valve Test.Reverser Test.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL FADEC TEST A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 −A5 73−20 FADEC GROUND SCANNING This menu shows the faults which are present on ground.etc.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL FADEC TEST A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 −A5 73−20 <LAST LEG REPORT <PREVIOUS LEG REPORT <TROUBLESHOOTING REPORT <SYSTEM TEST <GROUND SCANNING <RETURN CLASS 3> CLASS 3 FAULT For Training Purposes Only Figure 136 FRA US/T bu August 2001 Ground Scanning Page: 269 .

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL FADEC TEST A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 −A5 73−20 FADEC CLASS 3 FAULT REPORT This menu shows all class 3 faults of the FADEC system which have to repaired after 200 hours or during an A-maintenance check. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T bu August 2001 Page: 270 .

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL FADEC TEST A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 −A5 73−20 <LAST LEG REPORT <PREVIOUS LEG REPORT <TROUBLESHOOTING REPORT <SYSTEM TEST <GROUND SCANNING <RETURN CLASS 3> CLASS 3 FAULT For Training Purposes Only Figure 137 FRA US/T bu August 2001 FADEC Class 3 Fault Report Page: 271 .

EIU output to the EEC Through its output ARINC 429 data bus. is an interface concentrator between the airframe and the corresponding FADEC located on the engine. − to insure the segregation of the two engines. EIUs are active at least from engine starting to engine shutdown. located in the electronics bay 80VU. ECS. Bleed Air. thus reducing the number of wires. − to give to the airframe the necessary logic and information from engine to other systems (APU. In the case where EIU is not able to identify the channel in control. When some data are not available on the channel in control. except from ADCs and throttle which communicate directly with the EEC. The main functions of the EIU are: − to concentrate data from cockpit panels and different electronic boxes to the associated FADEC on each engine. Maintenance). There is no data flow during EIU internal test or initialization. The EIU looks at particular engine data on the EEC digital data flow to interface them with other aircraft computers and with engine cockpit panels. the EIU transmits data coming from all the A/C computers which have to communicate with the EEC. EIU For Training Purposes Only EIU Location FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 272 . one for engine 1. − to select the airframe electrical supplies for the FADEC.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL ENGINE INTERFACE UNIT A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 A5 73−20 ATA 73-25 ENGINE INTERF ACE UNIT EIU PRESENTATION Two EIUs are fitted on each aircraft. it will assume Channel A as in control. they are essential to start the engine. data from the other channel are used. one for engine 2 Each EIU. 824 80VU EIU INPUT DESCRIPTION EIU input from the EEC The EIU acquires two ARINC 429 output data buses from the associated EEC (one from each channel) and it reads data from the channel in control.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL ENGINE INTERFACE UNIT A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 A5 73−20 S To CIDS (23−73 ) S To DFDRS INTCON Monitoring (31−33) S To CVR power Supply (23−71 ) S To Avionics Equipment Ventilation (21−26 ) S To WHC (30−42 ) S To PHC ( 30−31 ) S To FCDC (27−95) S To Blue Main Hydraulik PWR( 29−12) S To Green Main HYD PWR RSVR Indicating (29−11) S To Yellow Main HYD PWR RSVR Indicating (29−13 ) S To Blue Main HYD PWR RSVR Warning / Indicating For Training Purposes Only Figure 138 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 EIU Schematic Page: 273 .

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL ENGINE INTERFACE UNIT A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 A5 73−20 EIU INTERFACES SIGNALS WING ANTI-ICE SWITCH ENGINE FIRE P/B SIGNAL LOW OIL PRESSURE SWITCH (AND GROUND) PURPOSE ENGINE BLEED COMPUTATION LOCIG FADEC ENGINE SHUTDOWN LOGIC -COCKPIT W ARNING SIGNALS -HYDRAULIC MONIT ORING -WINDOW AND PROBE HEA TING SYSTEM -A VIONIC VENTILATION SYSTEM -RAIN REPELLENT SYSTEM -CIDS.OIL QUANTITY AND OIL TEMPERATURE NACELLE TEMPERATURE START VALVE POSITION (FROM EEC) For Training Purposes Only N2 GREATER THAN MINIMUM IDLE (FROM EEC) ENGINE START FAULT SIGNAL APU BOOST DEMAND SIGNAL (EIU) FRA US/T Bu August 2001 .DFDR FADEC POWER SUPPLY LOGIC THRUST REVERSER AND IDLE LOGIG ENGINE FLIGHT IDLE COMPUTATION LOGIC THRUST REVERSER INHIBITION CONTROL HEAT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM FUEL RETURN VALVE CONTROL ENGINE 1 OR 2 INDENTIFICATION INDICATION ECAM INDICATING (ECAM) ECS FOR AUTOMATIC PACK VALVE CLOSURE.CVR.2 AND 3 FLSCU 1 AND 2 ENGINE SELECTED OIL PRESSURE. DURING ENGINE START FUNCTIONAL TEST INHIBITION OF THE RADIO ALTIMETER TRANSCEIVER -BLUE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM PUMP CONTROL ILLUMINATION OF FAULT LIGHT ON THE ENGINE START PANEL MAIN ENGINE START MODE TO THE APU ELECTRONIC CONTROL BOX Page: 274 FADEC GROUND POWER P/B LGCIU 1 AND 2 (GROUND SIGNAL) SFCC 1 AND 2 SEC 1 .

2 AND 3 ) For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 275 . T/O N2.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL ENGINE INTERFACE UNIT EIU INTERFACES CONT. FROM EEC) PURPOSE A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 A5 73−20 PACK CONTROLLER FOR INLET FLAP CLOSURE -A VIONIC EQUIPMENT VENTILATION CONTROLLER ( CLOSED CIRCUIT CONFIGURATION ) -CABIN PRESSURIZA TION COMPUTER PRE-PRESSUR IZATION MODE THRUST REVERSER INHIBITION RELAY THRUST REVERSER (FROM SEC 1. SIGNALS TLA IN TAKE-OFF POSITION (MIN.

For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 276 .Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL ENGINE INTERFACE UNIT A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 A5 73−20 CFDS SYSTEM REPORT/TEST EIU This Page shows the menu of the Engine Interface Unit ( EIU ) The EIU is a Type 1 System. The EIU is availlable in CFDS back up Mode.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL ENGINE INTERFACE UNIT A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 A5 73−20 For Training Purposes Only Figure 139 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 EIU Menu Page: 277 .

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL ENGINE INTERFACE UNIT A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 A5 73−20 LAST LEG REPORT Last leg Report Here are Displayed the Internal EIU Faillures that Occured during Last Flights. LRU INDENTIFICATION Shows the EIU part number. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 278 .

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL ENGINE INTERFACE UNIT A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 A5 73−20 For Training Purposes Only Figure 140 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Last Leg Rep./ LRU Indentification Page: 279 .

you can ignore this Fault For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 280 . S RTOK means Re .T est Ok.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL ENGINE INTERFACE UNIT A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 A5 73−20 GROUND SCANNING This Page gives the EIU Faillures still presend on Ground.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL ENGINE INTERFACE UNIT A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 A5 73−20 For Training Purposes Only Figure 141 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Ground Scanning Page: 281 .

authorizing the directional control valve solenoid energization Page: 282 . SIMULATION : ”LOP GND 1 ” To simulate ”OIL LOW PRESS & GND” for the following systems through the MCDU : PHC1. When the line key adjacent to T/R is pushed. FCDC1. AEVC. PHC3. WHC1. (TASK 73-25-34-860-041).Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL ENGINE INTERFACE UNIT A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 A5 73−20 EIU CFDS DISCRETE OUTPUTS SIMULATION The Purpose of this Menu is to Simulate some Engine Interface Unit ( EIU ) Discrete Outputs by Setting their Status to 0 or1 . If the line key adjacent to LOP is pused. ” T/R INHIB ” discrete output status INHIB becomes ”1” and the 14KS1(2) inhibition relay is energized. LOP GND1 discrete output status becomes GND1 ”0” FRA US/T Bu August 2001 The PHC1(3) commands a low probes heating level The WHC1 commands a low captain windshield heating level The CVR and DFDR are switched on NOTE : When ”LOP GND1” is simulated to ”0” the horn will be inhibited incase of low avionic bay extract airflow. SIMULATION : ” FAULT ” To simulate a disagree between the position and the command of the HP fuel valve through the MCDU the line key adjacent toFAULT discrete output statusis must be pushed. ”B (Y) ELEC PUMP LO PR” warning message is no longer inhibited The PHC2 commands a low probes heating level The WHC2 commands a low windshield (F/O) heating level The 3DB1 and 3DB2 rain repellant valve opening is authorized NOTE: THE ”LOP GND2” DISCRETE IS USED TO INHIBIT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM TEST THROUGH THE CFDS. ACCESS TO THIS MENU IS PROHIBITED BY THE CFDS ARCHITECTURE AS LONG AS YOU WORK ON THE EIU DISCRETE OUTPUTS MENU. SIMULATION : ”LOP GND 2 ” To simulate ”OIL LOW PRESS & GND” for the following systems through the MCDU : Blue / yellow main hydraulic pressure power warning indicating WHC2. CAUTION : REMOVE THE PROTECTIVE COVERS FROM THE PROBES BEFORE YOU DO THE TEST. DFDR and CVR. Push the line key adjacent to”APU BOOST” discrete output status: ”APU BOOST”becomes ”1” and the EIU sends the APU BOOST command to the 59KD ECB. SIMULATION : ” APU BOOST ” To simulate an APU BOOST command through the MCDU. APU BOOST 1 simulates a not closed starter air valve.The APU is boosted (if running) APU BOOST 2 simulates a energized starter air valve solenoid. Make allways sure that the working areas are clear ! For the simulation refer to AMM 73-25-34 . WARNING: The DISCRETE OUTPUT SIMULATION can operate systems and components without special indication on the MCDU. The Discrete Outputs are Listed on two Pages. one for the Positive Type and one for the Negative Type. green main hydraulic PWR RVSR indicating. When the line key adjacent to LOP ”LOP GND2 ” discrete output status becomes GND2 ”0”. PHC2.The FAULT becomes ”1” and the FAULT legend of the 5KS1(2) annunciator light comes on. For Training Purposes Only SIMULATION : ” T/R INHIB ” To simulate the authorization of the T/R directional control valve solenoid closure (through the 14KS1(2) relay) through the MCDU. FCDC2.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL ENGINE INTERFACE UNIT A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 A5 73−20 APU BST1 APU BST2 For Training Purposes Only Figure 142 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Discrete Outputs Simulation Page: 283 .

THE BLEED STATUS CAN ONLY BE MODIFIED BY THIS INPUT IF THE PRV OPENS (ENGINE RUNNING). SIMULATION OF ” PACKS OFF ” To simulate the PACK FLOW control valve closure command through the MCDU push the line key adjacent to”PACKS OFF” discrete output status. Push the line key adjacent to TLA ”TLA > MCT” discrete output status > MCT becomes ”1” On the ECAM PRESS page check that the inlet and extract skin air valves close . PACK CONTROLLERS CABIN PRESSURE CONTROLLERS.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL ENGINE INTERFACE UNIT A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 A5 73−20 EIU CFDS DISCRETE OUTPUTS SIMULATION SIMULATION : ” HP FUEL PN ” To simulate a HP FUEL VALVE 1(2) in open position through the MCDU. NOTE: THE PACK FLOW CONTROL VALVE 1(2) REQUIRE A MUSCLE AIR PRESSURE TO OPEN. Push the line key adjacent to N2 . ACCESS TO RADIO ALTIMETER RAMP TEST MENU IS PROHIBITED BY THE CFDS ARCHITECTURE AS LONG AS YOU WORK ON THE EIU DISCRETE OUTPUTSMENU. PACKS OFF becomes ”1” and the PACK FLOW control valve closure solenoid is energized. Push the line key adjacent to HP”HP FUEL PN” discrete output status FUEL PN becomes ”1” and the zone controller 8HK will receive the HP FUEL VALVE 1(2) open condition. NOTE: THE N2 > IDLE DISCRETE IS USED TO INHIBIT THE ”RAMP TEST” OF THE RADIO ALTIMETER 1(2). SIMULATION OF ” TLA > MCT ” To simulate ”TLA > MCT” for the following systems : AEVC. SIMULATION OF ” N2 > IDLE ” To simulate ”N2 > IDLE” for the following systems : XCVR radio altimeter 25A Blue main hydraulic power For Training Purposes Only WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE / DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM. N2 > IDLE DISCRETE OUTPUT becomes ”1”> IDLE The electric pump of the blue hydraulic system start and the blue hydraulic system is pressurized (approximately 3000PSI) FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 284 . NOTE: THE ZONE CONTROLLER USES THE HP FUEL VALVE POSITION TO ELABORATE THE BLEED STATUS ON LABEL 061 AND SENDS IT TO THE EEC THROUGH THE EIU (LABEL 030).

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL ENGINE INTERFACE UNIT A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 A5 73−20 APU BST1 APU BST2 For Training Purposes Only Figure 143 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Discrete Outputs Simulation Page: 285 .

This signal is switched via the Oil Low Press and Ground relay. Low Oil Pressure Switching via EIU S To CIDS (23−73 ) S To DFDRS INTCON Monitoring (31−33) S To CVR power Supply (23−71 ) S To Avionics Equipment Ventilation (21−26 ) S To WHC (30−42 ) S To PHC ( 30−31 ) S To FCDC (27−95) S To Blue Main Hydraulik PWR( 29−12) S To Valve Rain RPLNT. (30−45 ) S To Green Main HYD PWR RSVR Indicating (29−11) S To Yellow Main HYD PWR RSVR Indicating (29−13 ) S To Blue Main HYD PWR RSVR Warning / Indicating (29−12) For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 286 .The relay is directley triggert from the EIU.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL ENGINE INTERFACE UNIT A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 A5 73−20 EIU DISCRETE OUTPUTS Many systems get the engine ”on” or ”off” signal.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL ENGINE INTERFACE UNIT A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 A5 73−20 For Training Purposes Only Figure 144 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 EIU Discrete Outputs Page: 287 .

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL ENGINE INTERFACE UNIT EIU DISCRETE OUTPUTS A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 A5 73−20 For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 288 .

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL ENGINE INTERFACE UNIT A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530 A5 73−20 For Training Purposes Only Figure 145 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 EIU Discrete Outputs Page: 289 .

one for channel A one for channel B. Compressor and Clearance Control LRU‘s S BSBV Master Actuator − Servo Valve − Feedback for EEC S BSBV Slave Actuator − Servo Valve − Feedback for EEC S VSV Actuator − Sevo Valve − Feedback for EEC S 7TH Stage Bleed Valves ( 3 ) − 7th Stage Solenoids ( 3 ) S 10th Stage Bleed Valve − 10th Stage Solenoid For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T BU August 2001 Page: 290 . so that each channel knows the position sensed by the other channel. The actuators have two feedback signals. but the HP compressor handling bleed valves are operated by pneumatic pressure. The internal air system consits of : S Propulsion airflow ( secondary & primary flows ) S Bearing compartments pressurizing air S Cooling air FADEC Compressor and Clearance Control General The engine compressor and clearance control system are provided with servo valves operated by fuel pressure.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE AIR AIR SYSTEMS GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 75−00 ATA 75 ENGINE AIR 75−00 SYSTEM PRESENTATION General − Nacelle Compartement and Accessory Cooling − Bearing Compartment Cooling and Sealing − HP TurbineCooling − HP / LP Turbine Clearance Control System ( ACC ) − Ignition System Cooling ( REF. ATA 74 ) 75−30 Compressor Control − LP Compressor Airflow Control System − HP Compressor Airflow Control System 75−40 Nacelle Temperature Indicating The external air system consits of the following subsystems: S Fuel control system air bleed S HP / LP turbine active clearance control S High energy igniter harness cooling air S Engine bleed air. exept for the HP compressor handling bleed valves which do not have any position feedback. There is a cross−talk between the two channels.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE AIR AIR SYSTEMS GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 75−00 LOCATIONS LOCATIONS VSV HPT AIR VALVE LOCATIONS ENGINE BLEED VALVE ENGINE BLEED VALVE FAN AIR For Training Purposes Only HP Turbine Active Clearance HPC BLEED VALVE (3x) HPC BLEED VALVE (1x) LPC BLEED FAN AIR ENGINE STABILITY BLEED PART LP Turbine Active Clearance Figure 146 FRA US/T BU August 2001 Air Systems Schematic Page: 291 .

The EEC controls the valve position as a function of thrust level and altitude. Take − off During take − off. the EEC controls the position of the actuator piston between point B and point E. At this point : S The control valve for the HP turbine ACC is closed. Engine Stopped With the engine stopped. the position of the actuator piston is point A. HPT/LPT Active Clearance Control ( HPT/LPT ACC ) The active clearance control ( ACC ) system ensures the blade tip clearances of the turbines for better performance. ( HP valve closed ) FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 292 . NOTE : THE ACTUATOR POSITION BETWEEN POINT C AND POINT E DEPENDS ON ALTITUDE. hubs and discs of the HP . S The control valve for the LP turbine ACC is not less than 44 per cent opened. and actuator position related to operation points A to E. Engine operation During engine operation. The HPT / LPT ACC valve modulates fan air flow to the HP and LP turbine cases. For Training Purposes Only Fail Safe When there is no torque motor current or no fuel servo pressure. the actuator piston moves to point A. LP valve will be partially open ( -44 deg ) The actuator piston remains at this point at all defective conditions. the position of the actuator piston is at point C. The graph shown below shows control valve position. At this point : S The control valve for the HP turbine ACC is closed. S The control valve for the LP turbine ACC is not less than 70 per cent opened.Lufthansa Technical Training AIR GENERAL OPERATING SCHEDULE A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 75−00 TURBINE COOLING CONTROL The EEC controls the actuation of an Active Clearance Control ( ACC ) valve for the HP and Lp turbine active clearance control and a 10th stage make-up air valve for supplementary internal cooling of the turbines. The LVDT’s transmit the valve position to the EEC. HP Turbine ( 10th Stage ) Cooling Air Control (if installed) The HP turbine cooling air valve ( make up air valve ) supplies supplemental air ( from HPcompressor 10th stage ) to cool the 2nd stage vanes. The valve operates as a function of high rotor speed and altitude and incorporates a 2 − position switch to provide a feedback signal to the EEC ( channels A and B ). During cruise the valve is closed.

Lufthansa Technical Training AIR GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 75−00 10TH STAGE MAKE UP AIR VALVE F/B HPT AND LPT COOLING MANIFOLDS TO No 4 BEARING SCAVENCE VLV EEC HPT 2ND VANES INTERNAL COOLING 10TH STAGE HP COMP AIR MECHANICAL LINKAGE HPT / LPT ACC ACTUATOR P3 MAKE UP SOL CONTR VLV HPT FAN AIR LPT LP PRESS RETURN For Training Purposes Only ACC VALVE FMU SERVO PRESS Figure 147 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Turbine Cooling Control Schematic Page: 293 .

IF THE PLUGS MUST BE REMOVED.Lufthansa Technical Training AIR GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 75−00 HPT / LPT ACTIVE CLEARANCE CONT. LP Turbine Manifold The assembly consists of a upper and lower tube assemblies with integral manifolds. DO NOT THROW THE PLUGS AWAY ! HP COOLING HPT / LPT COOLING MANIFOLDS HP Turbine Manifold The assembly consists of a left and right hand tube assemblies which are a simple push fit into the manifold. THERE IS A STORAGE BRACKET PROVIDED ON THE ACTUATOR ROD. both ends of the cooling tubes are sealed. Fan air is drawn from a common HP / LP turbine ACC air scoop in the fan duct. This air is divided into HP and LP cooling air and passes through individual short ducts to the Active Clearance Control Valves which direct air for both HP and LP turbine case cooling. THIS PLUGS CAN BE REMOVED ACCORDING TO A SERVICE BULLETIN TO ALLOW A PERMANENT COOLING OF THE HP TURBINE. For Training Purposes Only LP COOLING FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 294 . Air outlet holes on the inner surfaces direct the air onto the LP turbine cases. NOTE: THE HP TURBINE CLEARANCE CONTROL VALVE IS EQUIPPED WITH 4 PLUGS IN THE VALVE VANE. IN CASE OF A VALVE REMOVAL / INSTALLATION THE SAME CONFIGURATION MUST BE PROVIDED ON THE NEW VALVE. SYS. Air outlet holes on the inner face of the tubes direct the air onto the HP turbine casings. The HP / LP Turbine Active Clearance Control ( ACC ) system uses fan air to cool the HP and LP cases for blade tip clearance control in order to improve engine performance and maximize the turbine cases life time.

Lufthansa Technical Training AIR GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 75−00 VANE STEM HP VALVE VANE REMOVABLE PLUGS LP VALVE For Training Purposes Only PLUGS STORAGE BRACKET HP VALVE LPT / HPT ACTVE CLEARANCE CONTROL VALVE ( ACC VALVE ) Figure 148 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 LPT / HPT Active Clearance Control Valve Page: 295 .

For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 296 . LP Turbine Manifold The assembly consists of a upper and lower tube assemblies with integral manifolds. Air outlet holes on the inner face of the tubes direct the air onto the HP turbine casings.Lufthansa Technical Training AIR GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 75−00 HPT / LPT COOLING MANIFOLDS HP Turbine Manifold The assembly consists of a left and right hand tube assemblies which are a simple push fit into the manifold. both ends of the cooling tubes are sealed. Air outlet holes on the inner surfaces direct the air onto the LP turbine cases.

Lufthansa Technical Training AIR GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 75−00 HP COOLING For Training Purposes Only LP COOLING Figure 149 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 HPT / LPT Cooling Manifolds Page: 297 .

The VSV angle determines the compression characteristics ( direction and velocity ) for any particular stage at compression. The EEC uses the BSBV feedback signal from the LVDT to adjust the actual BSBV position. This variation of vane position changes the effective angle at which the air flows across the compressor blades and vanes. At higher engine speeds the BSBV are closed so that all the booster discharge ( primary air flow ) enters the core engine.Lufthansa Technical Training AIR GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 75−00 COMPRESSOR CONTROL General The booster stage bleed valve. To match the booster discharge airflow to the core engine requirements at low speed. the variable stator vane and HP compressor bleed valves systems are controlled by the EEC. Variable Stator Vane ( VSV ) Control The VSV position is controlled by the EEC The EEC uses the VSV feedback signal from the LVDT‘s to adjust the actual VSV position. The VSV system maintains a satisfactory compressor performance over a wide range of operating conditions. The variable stator vane and the 7th and 10th stage bleed valves control the HP compressor airflow. Booster Stage Bleed Valve ( BSBV ) Control The BSBV position is controlled by the EEC. At low LP spool speeds the booster provides more air than the core engine can utilize. The system varies the angle of the inlet guide vanes and stator vanes to aerodynamically match the low pressure stages of compression with the high pressure stages. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 298 . excess air is bled off through booster stage bleed valves ( BSBV ) into the fan discharge air stream. HP Compressor Bleed Valves The 7th and 10th stages bleed valves maintain a more stable operation of the compressor. The booster stage bleed valve controls the LP compressor airflow.

Lufthansa Technical Training AIR GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 75−00 10TH SLAVE 7TH 3X MASTER 3X For Training Purposes Only Figure 150 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Compressor Control Schematic Page: 299 .

The two actuators are mechanically attached to each actuating rod and. BOOSTER BLEED SYSTEM General The primary function of the LP compressor airflow control system is to control the airflow thus ensuring compressor stable operation during : − Engine start. Description General The airflow control system includes : 1.Intermediate Structure A booster bleed valve and actuating mechanism The airflow control system automatically operates to control the air bled from the LP compressor. the bleed − valve and actuating mechanism.An LPC bleed−slave actuator 5. − Engine transient operation.An LPC bleed−master actuator 4. FAIL SAFE POSITION : ” BSBV OPEN ” For Training Purposes Only In case of a malfunction ” ENG 1 ( 2 ) COMPRESSOR VANE ” is displayed on the ECAM E / WD.Pisten Jack Fork End 3.Two bleed−valve actuating rods 2.Lufthansa Technical Training AIR GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 75−00 ATA 75-31 LP COMP .AIR FLOW SYS. FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 300 . The two actuators are connected hydraulically and operate together by command and feedback signals from/ to the EEC.

Lufthansa Technical Training AIR GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 75−00 LVDT For Training Purposes Only EEC Figure 151 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Booster Stage Bleed Valve System Page: 301 .

Lufthansa Technical Training AIR GENERAL BSBV ACTUATING MECHANISM Booster Bleed Valve and Actuating Mechanism Description The bleed valve and actuating mechanism is a sub − assembly which includes : − The support ring. The bleed valve and actuating mechanism operates to make each bleed valve synchronized. − The two actuating rods connect the two upper power arms to the two actuators. − The ring valve − The two upper arms. the lower arms and the eight mid arms. in relation to the positions of the two actuators. A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 75−00 For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 302 .

Lufthansa Technical Training AIR GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 75−00 For Training Purposes Only Figure 152 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 BSBV and Actuating Mechanism Page: 303 .

Variable Stator Vane ( VSV ) Control The VSV position is controlled by the EEC as a function of N2 / square root of theta T 2. Operation of the VSV Actuator Dual wound torque motors convert electrically isolated drive signals from each channel of the Electronics Engine Control ( EEC ) into hydraulic drive signals to position the actuator piston. AIR FLOW SYS. FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 304 . in response to electrical signals provided by the EEC. The LVDT completes the electronic control loop by providing a signal of actuator position to the Engine Electronic Control. using a fuel driven hydraulic actuator. The EEC uses the VSV feedback signal from the LVDT‘s to adjust the actual VSV position. The piston has an externally adjustable low speed stop at the extended end of its travel. General The purpose of this system is to position the Inlet Guide Vanes ( IGV ) and stator vanes. The high speed stop is formed by a collar which limits piston retraction. VSV SYSTEM COMPONENTS The four stages of variable incidence stators comprise inlet guide vanes to stage 3 and stages 3. 4 and 5 stator vanes. Provision is made to lock the piston with a rigging pin for setting purposes. 4. For Training Purposes Only Linear Variable Differential Transformer ( LVDT ) A Dual Wound Linear Variable Differential Transformer ( LVDT ) is located in the center of the actuator piston rod . the stator vane actuator will go to the full open position. The securing pin of link on to fork end. and 5 variable stators FAIL SAFE POSITION : ” VANES OPEN ” In case of a malfunction ” ENG 1 ( 2 ) COMPRESSOR VANE ” is displayed on the ECAM E / WD.6 ( synteziesed value ). If power to the stator vane actuator torque motor is lost. Engine Linkage with the VSV Actuator The engine IGV and Stator Vane linkage is connected to a fork end on the piston rod of the VSVA unit.Lufthansa Technical Training AIR GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 75−00 ATA 75-32 HP COMP . Operation of the stator vanes in regulated by accurate control of high pressure fuel flow to one or other side of a differential area piston. Variable Stator Vane Actuation Mechanism The variable geometry operating mechanism for the compressor comprises the following elements − actuator/crankshaft drag link − crankshaft (steel) − four crankshaft/unison ring drag links − four unison rings − spindle levers ( titanium ) − variable IGVs and stage 3. Description Variable Stator Vane Actuator The stator vane actuator accurately controls vane movement with respect to a torque motor current supplied by the EEC.

Lufthansa Technical Training AIR GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 75−00 ACTUATOR For Training Purposes Only RIG HOLES Figure 153 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 VSV System Components Page: 305 .

Spanner ( Wrench ) flats are provided on the crankshaft for this purpose.Lufthansa Technical Training AIR GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 75−00 VSV RIGGING Variable Stator Vane System ( VSVS ) Actuator Installation / Rigging Before the actuator is removed it is important that the VSV crankshaft assembly is locked in order to prevent damage to the stator vanes. Rig pins are provided to lock the crankshaft and the actuator. After the fuel supply and return tubes have been disconnected the crankshaft should be rotated to align the rig pin holes in the input lever and the front bearing housing. Installing the rig pin locks the crankshaft assembly with the actuator and vanes in the high speed position ( actuator fully retracted ). For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 306 . as shown below.

Lufthansa Technical Training AIR GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 75−00 L/H R/H For Training Purposes Only Figure 154 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 VSV Actuator Rig Page: 307 .

and prevent engine surge when the compressor is operating at off−design conditions. When the engine is started the bleed air from the engine will try to close the valve. The bleed valves will be closed at the correct time during an engine acceleration by the EEC energising the solenoid control valve vents the P3 servo air from the opening chamber of the bleed valve. The servo air used to operate the bleed valves is HP compressor delivery air known as P3 or Pb. three on stage 7 and one on stage 10.Lufthansa Technical Training AIR GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 75−00 HANDLING BLEED VALVES Handling bleed valves are fitted to the HP compressor to improve engine starting. The handling bleed valves are two position only − fully open or fully closed.for the engine start. and are operated pneumatically by their respective solenoid control valve. The bleed valve is spring loaded to the open position and so all the bleed valves will be in the correct position .open . and the bleed valve will move to the closed position. All the bleed valves are spring loaded to the open position and so will always be in the correct position ( open ) for starting. The valve is kept in the open position by servo air ( P3 ) supplied from the solenoid control valve ( solenoid de-energised ). The solenoid control valves are scheduled by the EEC. When the bleed valves are open air bleeds into the f an duct through ports in the inner barrel of the ” C ” ducts. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 308 . Description The bleed valve is a two position valve and is either fully open or fully closed. A total of four bleed valves are used. Silencers are used on some bleed valves.

BECAUSE ONLY THE SOLENOID VALVES ARE MONITORED ! For Training Purposes Only Figure 155 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 HP Compressor Bleed Valves Page: 309 .Lufthansa Technical Training AIR GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 75−00 7A NOTE: FOR TROUBLE SHOOTING PURPOSES A PNEUMATIC TESTSET IS AVAILABLE TO TEST THE OPERATION OF THE BLEED VALVES.

and prevent engine surge when the compressor is operating at off−design conditions. When the bleed valves are open air bleeds into the f an duct through ports in the inner barrel of the ” C ” ducts. The servo air used to operate the bleed valves is HP compressor delivery air known as P3 or Pb. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 310 . The solenoid control valves are scheduled by the EEC. The handling bleed valves are two position only − fully open or fully closed. All the bleed valves are spring loaded to the open position and so will always be in the correct position ( open ) for starting.Lufthansa Technical Training AIR GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 75−00 HANDLING BLEED VALVES Handling bleed valves are fitted to the HP compressor to improve engine starting. and are operated pneumatically by their respective solenoid control valve. three on stage 7 and one on stage 10. A total of four bleed valves are used. Silencers are used on some bleed valves.

Lufthansa Technical Training AIR GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 75−00 C C D L For Training Purposes Only Figure 156 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 HP Compressor Bleed Valves Page: 311 .

BLEED VALVE OPERATING SCEDULE BLEED VALVE REGIME OPEN (RPM) CLOSE (RPM) 7A STEADY STATE 11400 11800 11800 (35000FT & BELOW) 12250 (42000FT & ABOVE) Operating Schedule The schedule for one bleed valve − 7C − is shown. TO 100% =14950 RPM Handling bleed valves ( surge bleed ) The bleed valves and the solenoid control valves all operate in the same manner. expires. When the engine is started the bleed air from the engine will try to close the valve. Thus during an acceleration from min ” idle to max ” speed the valve will be opened and will remain open until the speed passes the transient closing speed. in detail. MAX. Note : The transient regime is slightly modified for operation above 15000 ft but operates in the same way. During an engine deceleration the reverse operation occurs and the bleed valve opens. 2 seconds. If the acceleration is to a speed below the transient closing speed the valve will remain open until the acceleration timer expires ( 30 seconds ). The bleed valves will be closed at the correct time during an engine acceleration by the EEC energising the solenoid control valve vents the P3 servo air from the opening chamber of the bleed valve. Page: 312 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 .for the engine start. In the event of an engine surge the valve will be commanded open. FAIL SAFE POSITION : ” 7th and 10th OPEN ”. The bleed valve is spring loaded to the open position and so all the bleed valves will be in the correct position . The valve remains open until the deceleration ceases and a deceleration time. The valve is kept in the open position by servo air ( P3 ) supplied from the solenoid control valve ( solenoid de-energised ). STEADY STATE TRANSIENT SURGE & REVERSE 6800 11600 12352 7000 12050 12562 For Training Purposes Only 10 STEADY STATE SURGE & REVERSE IDLE 57%=8800 RPM 7650 10667 ( OPEN BELOW ) 8000 10667 Surge / Reverse If the engine is operating in reverse thrust operation is the same as Transient but different speeds apply. and will not be opened again in Steady state. 7B 7C STEADY STATE 7650 8000 Transient The valve will be commanded open during engine acceleration whenever N2 is below the transient closing speed. During decelerations the valve will be commanded open whenever N2 is below the transient opening speed.open . and the bleed valve will move to the closed position. below.Lufthansa Technical Training AIR GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 75−00 HANDLING BLEED VALVES FUNKTION Description The bleed valve is a two position valve and is either fully open or fully closed. 8600 N2. and will remain open until the engine restabilises. SURGE & REVERSE 12562 12772 Steady State It can be seen that the valve will be commanded closed at stabilised min idle. if the speed is below the open speed.

BECAUSE ONLY THE SOLENOID VALVES ARE MONITORED ! For Training Purposes Only Figure 157 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 HBV OPEN/CLOSED Schematic Page: 313 .Lufthansa Technical Training AIR GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 75−00 NOTE: FOR TROUBLE SHOOTING PURPOSES A PNEUMATIC TESTSET IS AVAILABLE TO TEST THE OPERATION OF THE BLEED VALVES.

The consequences of the malfunction of one or more handling bleed valve‘s on : S the ground and airstart capability. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 314 . S the engine operability ( surge free operation ) S the engine performance ( EGT.Lufthansa Technical Training AIR GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 75−00 HANDLING BLEED VALVE MALFUNCTIONS A engineering order ( 010169 ) is released to cover this problems. 7TH / 10TH STAGE HANDLING BLEED VALVES STICKING Hung starts or starting stalls experienced due to 7th and 10th stage handling bleed valves failing to open or close. fuel consumption ) have been assessed and are summarized in the following tables : NOTE: A BLEED TEST SET IS PROVIDED TO CHECK THE BLEED VALVES AND SOLENOID VALVES FOR PROPER FUNCTION.

Lufthansa Technical Training AIR GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 75−00 CONTROL SOLENOID LOCATION 7A 7C 7B A/C HIGH STAGE BLEED VALVE SOLENOID HANDLING BLEED VALVE SOLENOIDS 10 HANDLING BLEED VALVE SOLENOID MAKE UP AIR VALVE SOLENOID For Training Purposes Only Figure 158 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Bleed Control Valve Solenoids Page: 315 .

Lufthansa Technical Training AIR GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 75−00 BLEED VALVE LOCATIONS The bleed valves are arranged radially around the HP compressor case as shown below. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 316 .

Lufthansa Technical Training AIR GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 75−00 7A BLEED VALVE SEAL P3 PRESS CONNECTION SILENCER For Training Purposes Only COSTOMER BLEED P3 PRESS CONNECTION 7C BLEED VALVE STAGE 10 BLEED VALVE 7B (LOWER) BLEED VALVE Figure 159 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Bleed Valve Locations Page: 317 .

S the engine operability ( surge free operation ) S the engine performance ( EGT. The consequences of the malfunction of one or more handling bleed valve‘s on : S the ground and airstart capability. fuel consumption ) have been assessed and are summarized in the following tables : NOTE: A BLEED TEST SET IS PROVIDED TO CHECK THE BLEED VALVES AND SOLENOID VALVES FOR PROPER FUNCTION. 7TH / 10TH STAGE HANDLING BLEED VALVES STICKING Hung starts or starting stalls experienced due to 7th and 10th stage handling bleed valves failing to open or close.Lufthansa Technical Training AIR GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 75−00 HANDLING BLEED VALVE MALFUNCTIONS A engineering order ( 010169 ) is released to cover this problems. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 318 .

Lufthansa Technical Training AIR GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 75−00 For Training Purposes Only Figure 160 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 HDLG Bleed Valves Malfunction Tables Page: 319 .

Lufthansa Technical Training AIR GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 75−00 For Training Purposes Only Figure 161 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Bleed Valve Functional Test Page: 320 .

Lufthansa Technical Training AIR GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 75−00 For Training Purposes Only Figure 162 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Bleed Valve Functional Test(cont) Page: 321 .

H. side of the air intake cowl. Zone 2 ventilation is still effected in the same way as when the engine is running.Lufthansa Technical Training AIR GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 75−00 NACELLE VENTILATION Ventilation is provided for the fan compartment Zone 1.Zone 2. Ventilation during Ground Running During ground running local pockets of natural convection exist providing some ventilation of the fan case .C. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 322 . Zone 1 Ventilation Ram air enters the zone through an inlet located on the upper L. Zone 2 Ventilation The ventilation of Zone 2 is provided by air exhausting from the active clearance control ( A.The air circulates through the fan compartment and exits at the exhaust located an the bottom rear centre line of the fan cowl doors. and the core compartment Zone 2 to : S prevent accessory and component overheating S prevent the accumulation of flammable vapours. ) system around the turbine area.C.The air circulates through the core compartment and exits through the lower bifurcation of the ” C ” ducts.

Lufthansa Technical Training AIR GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 75−00 For Training Purposes Only Figure 163 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Nacelle Ventilation Page: 323 .

The nacelle temperature is displayed if the system is not in engine starting mode and one of the two temperatures reaches the advisory threshold. A advisory indication will be created on the engine system page when the temperature reaches approx. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 324 . 300 . The EIU Transmits the Data to the ECAM System.320 _C.Lufthansa Technical Training AIR GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 75−00 ATA 75-41 NACELLE TEMPERA TURE NACELLE TEMPERATURE GENERAL The Nacelle Temperature Sensor has a Measurement Range of −54 _C to 330 _C This Signal is fed to the EIU which Transforms the Information to digital Form.

2 1.8 0.Lufthansa Technical Training AIR GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 75−00 0.2 300 300 LOWER ECAM NACELLE TEMPERATURE SENSOR DMC1 DMC2 DMC3 For Training Purposes Only CONNECTOR PLUG FWC1 EIU FWC2 Figure 164 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Nacelle Temperature System Page: 325 .8 1.

ignition connector leads (cooling is provided by fan air). IGNITION SYSTEM COMPONENTS The system comprises: S one ignition relay box S two ignition exiter units S two igniter plugs .located in the combustion system adjacent to No‘s 7&8 fuel spray nozzles. NOTE: NOTE: THE SAME RELAY BOX ALSO HOUSES THE RELAYS WHICH CONTROL THE 115V AC SUPPLIES FOR P2/T2 PROBE HEATING. Ignition relay box The ignition sytem utilises 115V AC supplied from the AC 115V normal and standby bus bars to the relay box.T. The 115V relays which are used to connect / isolate the supplies are located in the relay box and are controlled by signals from the EEC.E. ACCORDING TO M. through the CFDS maintenance menu. S two air cooled H.Lufthansa Technical Training IGNITION GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 74−00 ATA 74 IGNITION 74-00 IGNITION SYSTEM PRESENTATION General System Operation S Dual ignition is automatically selected for: − all inflight starts − manual start attempts − continuous ignition Single alternate ignition is selected for ground auto starts. System Test The system can be checked on the ground.L. with the engine shutdown. THE IGNITION SYSTEM „ A“ IS REQUIRED AS MINIMUM! For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 326 .

Lufthansa Technical Training IGNITION GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 74−00 IGNITION RELAY BOX CH B CONNECTOR CH A CONNECTOR P2/T2 HEATING CONNECTOR IGNITION EXCITER 1 (A) IGN A IGN B CONNECTOR IGNITOR PLUG AIR INLET HOSE For Training Purposes Only COOLING JACKET B HIGH TENSION LEAD IGNITION EXCITER 2 (B) Figure 165 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Ignition System Components Page: 327 .

during that starting sequence.( both ignitors) In flight after engine restart. the EEC selects the continuous ignition on the corresponding engine In case of a fault during an automatic starting on the ground. through the maintenance MENU mode of the FADEC or manually ( Manual Start without air ) IGNITION SYSTEM CIRCUIT BREAKERS There are 5 ignition CB’s installed in the cockpit.IGN ON” Continuous Ignition Selection Manual Selection When the engines are running on the ground or in flight the continuous ignition is obtained by positioning the ENG/MODE selector switch in IGN/START position.Lufthansa Technical Training IGNITION GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 74−00 IGNITION / STARTING− OPERATION Description The ignition circuit is supplied with 115VAC − 400Hz. the selector must be placed in NORM position. A dormant failure of an ignition exciter is not possible for more than one flight because: − the two ignition systems are independent − the EEC selects alternately ignition system A or B. For inflight restart the EEC selects simultaneously both ignition exciters On the ground. results in ignition exciter deenergization.the EEC energizes automatically the appropriate ignition exciter when N2 reaches between 10%-16% depending on T AT and keeps it energized until N2 reaches 43%. engine not running. when there is an engine flameout or stall S Reverse Ignition during Automatic Start Sequence When an automatic start sequence has been activated by the EEC (ENG/ MODE selector switch in IGN/START position and MASTER control switch to ON). if the selector is maintained in IGN/START position. 49VU and 121VU Ignition during Alternate Start Sequence (Manual Start Procedure) When a manual start sequence has been activated by the EEC (ENG/MODE selector switch in IGN/START position and the ENG/MAN START pushbutton switch selected to ON) the EEC energizes both ignition exciters. after engine start. For Training Purposes Only Igniter Plug Test The operation of the igniter plugs can be checked on the ground. the EEC aborts automatically the sequence by closing the starter shut−off valve and the HP fuel shut−off valve and deenergizing the ignitors. then back to IGN/START to select continuous ignition. The electrical power is supplied via the EEC and EIU which controls the ignition of the igniter plugs. The deenergization of the ignition exciters is automatically commanded by the EEC when engine N2 speed reaches 43%. FAIL SAFE POSITION: ” IGN RELAYS . S take−off or during flexible take off S approach idle selected. Automatic selection The EEC selects automatically the continuous ignition in some specific conditions: S engine running and air intake cowl anti−icing is selected to ON S EIU failed. S In flight.( Starter cut-out ) Positioning of the MASTER control switch to OFF . FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 328 .

Lufthansa Technical Training IGNITION GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 74−00 121VU EEC For Training Purposes Only Figure 166 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Ignition and Starting System Eng. 1 Page: 329 .

The test will be performed by selecting the corresponding IGNITOR TEST page in the MENU and positioning the MASTER control switch to ON to have the 115VAC power supply to the relevant engine.Lufthansa Technical Training IGNITION GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 74−00 IGNITION SYSTEM TEST Igniter Plug Test The operation of the igniter plugs can be checked on the ground. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 330 . engine not running. through the maintenance MENU mode of the FADEC.

Lufthansa Technical Training IGNITION GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 74−00 MASTER 1 ON ENG 1 OFF For Training Purposes Only CONTINIUOUE I NEXT PAGE Figure 167 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 FADEC Ignition Test Page: 331 .

Lufthansa Technical Training IGNITION GENERAL IGNITOR TEST Operational Test of the Ignition System with CFDS Each ignition system must be individually selected to be tested. refer to AMM TASK 74−00−00−710−041 NOTE: A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 74−00 DURING THE TEST. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 332 .AN AURAL CHECK OF THE IGNITOR PLUG OPERATION HAS TO BE DONE. For the test procedure.

Page: 333 .Lufthansa Technical Training IGNITION GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 74−00 For Training Purposes Only THE GROUND CREW MUST CONFIRM THAT THE IGNITION OPERATES ! Figure 168 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 FADEC Ignition Test Cont.

engine not running. The test will be performed by selecting the corresponding IGNITOR TEST page in the MENU and positioning the MASTER control switch to ON to have the 115VAC power supply to the relevant engine. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 334 .Lufthansa Technical Training IGNITION GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 74−00 IGNITION SYSTEM TEST Igniter Plug Test The operation of the igniter plugs can be checked on the ground. through the maintenance MENU mode of the FADEC.

Lufthansa Technical Training IGNITION GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 74−00 MASTER 1 ON ENG 1 OFF For Training Purposes Only CONTINIUOUE I NEXT PAGE Figure 169 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 FADEC Ignition Test Page: 335 .

Lufthansa Technical Training

IGNITION GENERAL IGNITOR TEST
Operational Test of the Ignition System with CFDS Each ignition system must be individually selected to be tested. For the test procedure, refer to AMM TASK 74−00−00−710−041 NOTE:

A319/A320/A321
IAE V2530−A5

74−00

DURING THE TEST,AN AURAL CHECK OF THE IGNITOR PLUG OPERATION HAS TO BE DONE.

For Training Purposes Only

FRA US/T Bu

August 2001

Page: 336

Lufthansa Technical Training

IGNITION GENERAL

A319/A320/A321
IAE V2530−A5

74−00

For Training Purposes Only

THE GROUND CREW MUST CONFIRM THAT THE IGNITION OPERATES ! Figure 170
FRA US/T Bu August 2001

FADEC Ignition Test Cont.
Page: 337

Lufthansa Technical Training

IGNITION GENERAL

A319/A320/A321
IAE V2530−A5

74−00 IGNITION TEST WITHOUT CFDS
For the test procedure, refer to AMM TASK74−00−00−710−041−01 During the test,an aural check of the ignitor plug operation has to be done. WARNING:

MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS ZERO PSI AT THE STARTER VALVE INLET BEFORE YOU PUSH THE MAN START P/B.READ THE PRESSURE ON THE ECAM START PAGE.

For Training Purposes Only

FRA US/T Bu

August 2001

Page: 338

Lufthansa Technical Training

IGNITION GENERAL

A319/A320/A321
IAE V2530−A5

74−00

1. CHECK AIR PRESSURE AT START VALVE −

0

2. MODE SELECTOR TO−

IGN/START

3. MAN START P/B TO−

ON

4. MASTER LEVER−

ON IGN A & B is ”ON”
115VU

ON

ENG 1
NORM

OFF For Training Purposes Only

Figure 171
FRA US/T Bu August 2001

Ignition Test without CFDS
Page: 339

Lufthansa Technical Training

STARTING GENERAL

A319/A320/A321
IAE V2530−A5

80−00

ATA 80 STARTING
GENERAL
Starting Schematic The starting system of the engine utilizes pressurized air to drive a turbine at high speed. This turbine drives the engine high pressure rotor through a reduction gear and the engine accessory drive system. The air which is necessary to drive the starter comes from : − either the APU − or the second engine − or a ground power unit. The starter supply is controlled by a starter shut−off valve (SOV) pneumatically operated and electrically controlled. In case of failure, the SOV can be operated by hand. The starter valve closes when the N2 speed reaches 43 %. The starter centrifugal clutch disengages when N2 speed is higher than 43%. Engine starting is controlled from the ENG start panel 115VU located on center pedestal and ENG/MAN START switch on the overhead panel. The starting sequence may be interrupted at any time by placing the MASTER control lever in OFF position which overrides the FADEC. When the MASTER control lever is in OFF position the HP fuel shut off valve is closed and the engine is stopped. Two procedures are applicable for engine starting : A. Normal Starting Procedure (automatic) The starting sequence is fully controlled by the FADEC and is selected when the ENG/MODE/CRANK/NORM/IGN START selector switch is in IGN/START position and the MASTER control lever in ON position. Start can be aborted on ground only by the FADEC in case of failure. B. Alternative Starting Procedure This sequence controlled by the pilot is as follows: − the ignition selector switch in IGN/START position and MAN START pushbutton switch command the starter shut−off valve, − the MASTER control lever controls the HP fuel shut−off valve. NOTE : NO START ABORT BY THE FADEC IN CASE OF FAILURE.

For Training Purposes Only

FRA US/T Bu

August 2001

Page: 340

Lufthansa Technical Training

STARTING GENERAL

A319/A320/A321
IAE V2530−A5

80−00

For Training Purposes Only

Figure 172
FRA US/T Bu August 2001

Starting System Schematic
Page: 341

Lufthansa Technical Training

STARTING GENERAL

A319/A320/A321
IAE V2530−A5

80−00 STARTING COMPONENTS
Starter Motor The pneumatic starter motor is mounted on the forward face of the external gearbox and provides the drive to rotate the H.P. compressor to a speed at which light up can occur. Attachment to the gearbox is done by a V−clamp adaptor. The starter motor is connected by ducting to the aircraft pneumatic system. The starter motor gears and bearings are lubricated by an integral lubrication system. Servicing features include:− S oil level sight glass S oil fill plug S oil drain plug with magnetic chip detector Starter Motor - Operation The starter is a pneumatically driven turbine unit that accelerates the H.P. rotor to the required speed for engine starting. The unit is mounted on the front face of the external gearbox. The starter, shown below, comprises a single stage turbine, a reduction gear train, a clutch and an output drive shaft − all housed within a case incorporating an air inlet and exhaust. Compressed air enters the starter, impinges on the turbine blades to rotate the turbine, and leaves through the air exhaust. The reduction gear train converts the high speed, low torque rotation of the turbine to low speed, high torque rotation of the gear train hub. The ratchet teeth of the gear hub engage the pawls of the output drive shaft to transmit drive to the external gearbox, which in turn accelerates the engine H.P. compressor rotor assembly. When the air supply to the starter is cut off, the pawls overrun the gear train hub ratchet teeth allowing the turbine to coast to a stop while the engine H.P. turbine compressor assembly and, therefore, the external gearbox and starter output drive shaft continue to rotate. When the starter output drive shaft rotational speed increases above a predetermined r.p.m., centrifugal force overcomes the tension of the clutch leaf springs, allowing the pawls to be pulled clear of the gear hub ratchet teeth to disengage the output drive shaft from the turbine. FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 342 Starter Air Control Valve The starter air control valve is a pneumatically operated, electrically controlled shut−off valve positioned on the lower right hand side of the L.P. compressor (fan) case. The start valve controls the air flow from the starter air duct to the starter motor.The start valve basically comprises a butterfly type valve housed in a cylindrical valve body with in−line flanged end connectors, an actuator, a solenoid valve and a pressure controller. A micro switch provides valve position feed back information to the FADEC.

For Training Purposes Only

Lufthansa Technical Training

STARTING GENERAL

A319/A320/A321
IAE V2530−A5

80−00

STARTER VALVE

GEARBOX STARTER DUCT

STARTER FILL PLUG

For Training Purposes Only

SIGHT GLASS

DRAIN PLUG/CHIP DETECTOR

Figure 173
FRA US/T Bu August 2001

Starter Motor
Page: 343

fan cowl. ”SOV CLOSED” FAIL SAFE POSITION: For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 344 . compressor ( fan ) case Manual Operation The starter air valve can be opened/ closed manually using a 0. NOTE: DO NOT OPERATE THE VALVE MANUALLY WITHOUT POSITIVE DUCT PRESSURE.P. electrically controlled shut−off valve positioned on the lower right hand side of the L. A valve position indicator is provided on the valve body. Acces is through a panel in the R.375 inch square drive. A micro switch provides valve position feed back information to the FADEC.Lufthansa Technical Training STARTING GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 80−00 STARTER AIR CONTROL VALVE Description The start air control valve is a pneumatically operated . H.

Lufthansa Technical Training

STARTING GENERAL

A319/A320/A321
IAE V2530−A5

80−00

STARTER VALVE FILTER

MANUAL OVERRIDE

A

CL OP

For Training Purposes Only

STARTER VALVE

STARTER VALVE

Figure 174
FRA US/T Bu August 2001

Starter Air Control Valve
Page: 345

Lufthansa Technical Training

STARTING GENERAL

A319/A320/A321
IAE V2530−A5

80−00 STARTER AIR CONTROL VALVE
Description The start air control valve is a pneumatically operated , electrically controlled shut−off valve positioned on the lower right hand side of the L.P. compressor ( fan ) case Manual Operation The starter air valve can be opened/ closed manually using a 0.375 inch square drive. Acces is through a panel in the R. H. fan cowl. A valve position indicator is provided on the valve body. A micro switch provides valve position feed back information to the FADEC. NOTE: DO NOT OPERATE THE VALVE MANUALLY WITHOUT POSITIVE DUCT PRESSURE. ”SOV CLOSED”

FAIL SAFE POSITION:

For Training Purposes Only

FRA US/T Bu

August 2001

Page: 346

Lufthansa Technical Training

STARTING GENERAL

A319/A320/A321
IAE V2530−A5

80−00

STARTER VALVE FILTER

MANUAL OVERRIDE

A

CL OP

For Training Purposes Only

STARTER VALVE

STARTER VALVE

Figure 175
FRA US/T Bu August 2001

Starter Air Control Valve
Page: 347

Lufthansa Technical Training

STARTING GENERAL

A319/A320/A321
IAE V2530−A5

80−00 START AIR CONTROL VALVE TEST
Start Air Control Valve Test via CFDS The start air control valve operation may be tested via CFDS. Refer to AMM Task 80−13−51−710−040.

For Training Purposes Only

FRA US/T Bu

August 2001

Page: 348

Lufthansa Technical Training

STARTING GENERAL

A319/A320/A321
IAE V2530−A5

80−00

/FMU TEST

NOTE:RETURN NO FAULTS

RETURN FAULT DETECTED

OR

For Training Purposes Only

Figure 176
FRA US/T Bu August 2001

Starter Valve Test via CFDS
Page: 349

Lufthansa Technical Training

STARTING GENERAL START AIR CONTROL VALVE TEST ( FAULT DETECTED )

A319/A320/A321
IAE V2530−A5

80−00

AMM Starter Valve Test ata 80-13-51 p507

For Training Purposes Only

FRA US/T Bu

August 2001

Page: 350

Lufthansa Technical Training

STARTING GENERAL

A319/A320/A321
IAE V2530−A5

80−00

RETURN FAULT DETECTED

/FMU TEST

For Training Purposes Only

Figure 177
FRA US/T Bu August 2001

Starter Valve Test via CFDS
Page: 351

Lufthansa Technical Training

STARTING GENERAL

A319/A320/A321
IAE V2530−A5

80−00 CRANKING−DESCRIPTION
Air Supply The air necessary for the starting comes from the duct connecting engine bleed and the precooler.. The air necessary for the starter is supplied by either: S the other engine through the crossbleed system S the APU and in that case, all the air bled from the APU is used for starting S an external source able to supply a pressure between 30 and 40 psig. Dry Cranking ( Test No 1 ) Requirement A dry motoring of the engine will be needed when: S it is necessary to eliminate any fuel accumulated in the combustion chamber S a leak ckeck of engine systems is needed. To perform this operation, the starter is engaged and the engine is motored but the HP fuel shut off valve remains closed and both ignition systems are OFF. An engine dry motoring can be performed for a maximum of three consecutive cycles (2 of 2 minutes and 1 of 1 minute with a cooling period of 15 seconds between each cycles). After three cycles or 4 minutes of continuous cranking, stop for a cooling period of 30 minutes.

For Training Purposes Only

FRA US/T Bu

August 2001

Page: 352

2 MINUTES RELEASE ‘MAN START‘ PB TO OFF NORM START VALVE CLOSES.ENGINE INDICATIONS −BACK TO ‘0‘ ECAM ENG START PAGE DISAPPEARS For Training Purposes Only PUT MODE SELECTOR TO ‘NORM‘ POSITION PUSH C/B: HP FUEL SOV LP FUEL SOV CLOSES Figure 178 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Dry Cranking Procedure Page: 353 .Lufthansa Technical Training STARTING GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 80−00 PUSH ONE L/H BOOST PUMP P/B TO ‘ON‘ PULL C/B: HP FUEL SOV PUT MODE SELECTOR TO ‘CRANK‘ POSITION BOOST PUMP STARTS TO RUN LP FUEL SOV OPENS (ECAM WARNING) ECAM ENG START PAGE APPEARS MIN. 30 PSI CHECK STARTER AIR PRESSURE PUSH ‘MAN START‘ PB TO ‘ON‘ MONITOR INDICATIONS START VALVE OPENS N2 AND N1 COMES INTO VIEW N2. N1 AND OIL PRESSURE MUST INCREASE AFTER MAX.

stop for a cooling period of 30 minutes. The MASTER control switch is moved to ON and the exhaust nozzle of the engine carefully monitored to detect any trace of fuel. If such a test is performed. also the starter valve closes . On the ECAM the FF indication shows approx. The motoring can be performed for a maximum of three consecutive cycles (2 of 2 minutes and 1 of 1 minute with a cooling period of 15 seconds between each cycles). both ignition systems are off ( also pull the circuit breakers) and the starter is engaged to raise N2 up to the required speed of 20%. When the MASTER control switch will be returned to the OFF position to shut-off the fuel .Lufthansa Technical Training STARTING GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 80−00 WET CRANKING Wet Cranking ( Test No 2 ) A wet motoring will be needed when the integrity of the fuel system has to be checked. 180kg initial fuel flow. After three cycles or 4 miutes of continuous cranking. The EEC automatically reengages the starter at 10% N2 and the engine should be motored for at least 60 seconds to eliminate entrapped fuel or vapor. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 354 .

ENGINE INDICATIONS −BACK TO ‘0‘ ECAM ENG START PAGE DISAPPEARS PUT MODE SELECTOR TO ‘NORM‘ POSITION Figure 179 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Wet Cranking Procedure Page: 355 . 30 PSI CHECK STARTER AIR PRESSURE PUSH ‘MAN START‘ PB TO ‘ON‘ MONITOR INDICATIONS START VALVE OPENS N2 AND N1 COMES INTO VIEW N2. N1 AND OIL PRESSURE MUST INCREASE WHEN N2 SPEED IS >20% PUT ENG MASTER SWITCH TO ‘ON‘ FUEL FLOW INDICATION INCREASES AFTER 10−20 SECONDS PUT ENG MASTER SWITCH TO ‘OFF‘ NORM FUEL FLOW INDICATION GOES TO ‘0‘ START VALVE CLOSES For Training Purposes Only WHEN N2 SPEED REACHES 10% THE EEC RE−ENGAGES THE STARTER AFTER 60 SECONDS MOTORING RELEASE ‘MAN START‘ PB TO OFF START VALVE CLOSES.Lufthansa Technical Training STARTING GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 80−00 PULL IGNITION SYSTEM C/B‘S (5) PUSH ONE L/H BOOST PUMP P/B TO ‘ON‘ DO NOT PULL C/B: HP FUEL SOV PUT MODE SELECTOR TO ‘CRANK‘ POSITION BOOST PUMP STARTS TO RUN ECAM ENG START PAGE APPEARS MIN.

in sequence: S the starter air valve S ignition exiter relay(s).It also resets the EEC. The EEC’s ability to shut off fuel is inhibited above 43% N2 on the ground and at all conditions inflight.) NOTE: IN CASE A AUTO START IS INITIATED AND ONE THRUST LEVER IS NOT IN IDLE POSITION A ECAM WARNING IS TRIGGERT. the mode selector set to IGN/START and the master switch is ON. the starter air valve and ignition exciter are automatically turned off by the EEC at a predetermined N2 speed of 43% Starter assist will be comanded by the EEC for inflight starts at low MACH numbers where windmilling conditions are insufficient for engine starting.Lufthansa Technical Training STARTING GENERAL EEC AUTO START ABBORT A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 80−00 AUTOMATIC START The automatic start mode gives the EEC full control to automatically sequence the starter air valve. Switching the master switch OFF during an autostart will close the fuel and starter air valves and turn the ignition system off. ignition. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 356 . and starter air and provides the appropriate fault indication to the cockpit. the EEC commands . (Auto Start Fault) Autostart fault messages will be displayed until approximately idle speed. (The EEC has input data necessary to activate starter assist function where necessary. Then the operator has to select the Master switch to the OFF position by a command indicated on the ECAM page ( ”Master lever OFF ” ). During a normal start. The automatic start abort function is only available when N2 speed is below 43% and in case of: S Start valve failure S Ignition failure S Pressure Raising Shut Off Valve failure S Hot start S Hung start S Surge S EGT >250 deg C when restart (max 2 min) S Loss of EGT NOTE : THE OIL PRESSURE IS NOT MONITORED DURING AUTO START The EEC automatically shuts off fuel. − alternatively selected for each ground start − both selected for inflight or manual starts S fuel on function of the torque motor which opens the shutoff valve. the EEC re−opens the start valve when reaching 10% N2 for a 30 second dry motoring cycle to clear fuel vapor and to cool the engine. Upon receipt of the appropriate start command signals from the engine interface unit ( EIU ) . The autostart procedure commences only when the engine is not running. Intermittent mode selector position or manual start push button switch selection has no effect on autostart sequence once the autostart procedure is initiated. ignition relays and the fuel on / off torque motor. In case of an automatic start abort. The operator then has to decide to perform a new engine start or troubleshoot the system. THE START SEQUENCE WILL CONTIUE AND THE ENGINE WILL ACCELERATE TO THE TRUST LEVER POSITION.

FF −at 43% N2 the starter valve symbole must go to cross line (closed) − IGN OFF −Check Oil Pressure min. −record the start EGT (R/U sheet) Figure 180 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Automatic Start Procedure Page: 357 . after FF). 60psi. EGT.Lufthansa Technical Training STARTING GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 80−00 Panel 115 VU −Turn Mode Selector to IGNSTART Position ECAM ENG Start Page is displayed. N1. the airpreessure ( HP−Connection or APU ) must be 30−40 psi. 20 sec. Panel 115 VU −Turn Mode Selector to NORM NORM ENG 1 NORM Panel 115 VU −Set the ENG−MASTER switch to ON ( The Pack valves also ”Close” ) On the ENG Start Page: − the starter valve symbole goes in line (open) After 30 seconds: -the A or B IGN indication comes in to view -the FUEL FLOW indication 180KG/H comes into view -the EGT rises (max. N2. ENG 1 NORM For Training Purposes Only Upper ECAM −MONITOR: EPR.

Intermittent mode selector position has no effect on the manual start sequence once the manual start procedure is initiated. The starter air valve can be closed by selecting the manual start push button switch OFF at any time prior to turning the master switch ON. The EEC continues to provide fault indications to the cockpit. The starter air valve is then commanded open by the EEC. the control commands the HP fuel valve closed. During manual Start operation. the manual start push button switch has no effect on the start. For Training Purposes Only The manual start procedure commences when the mode selector is set to: IGN/START. the starter air valve closed and the ignitors off and the EEC is resetted. ignition and fuel on/off manually. FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 358 . is located on the overhead panel and is composed of two manual start push button switches (one per engine). the EEC Auto Startabort feature is not available and conventional monitoring of the start parameters is required.Lufthansa Technical Training STARTING GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 80−00 MANUAL START The engine manual start panel. both ignitors are energized ( IGN A/B ) and fuel is turned on ( Intial FF 180 KG/H). This includes the ability to dry crank or wet crank. When the master switch is turned OFF. used for manual start. When the master switch is turned ON ( at 22% N2 ) during a manual start.the manual start push button switch is set to ON and the master switch is OFF.. The manual start mode limits the authority of the EEC so that the pilot can sequence the starter. Once the master switch is turned ON.

20 sec.Lufthansa Technical Training STARTING GENERAL A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 80−00 Panel 115 VU − Turn MODE Selector to IGN / START Position ECAM ENG START Page is displayed.Connection or APU ) must be 30 . 60psi. (−PACK VALVES closed ) −N2. Oilpressure and N1 must increase Panel 122 VU −release the MAN START PB Panel 115 VU −after 30sec (> 22% N2): set the ENG MASTER switch to ON For Training Purposes Only −A and B indication comes in to view ( below IGN ) −FUEL FLOW indication 180KG/H −EGT rise (max. the airpressure ( HP .40 psi Panel 122 VU − Turn MODE Selector to NORM ENG 1 NORM NORM Panel 122 VU −Push the MAN START PB − the blue ON light of this PB comes on. −record the start EGT (R/U sheet) Figure 181 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Manual Start Procedure Page: 359 . after FF ) NORM ENG 1 −at43% N2 the starter valve symbole must go to cross line (closed) − IGN OFF −Check Oil Pressure min. On the ENG Start Page : −the starter valve symbole goes in line (open).

The reverser is controlled through the FADEC system from the cockpit by a lever hinged to the corresponding throttle control leverThe thrust reverser system comprises: − a hydraulic control unit (HCU) − four actuators with internal lock for lower actuators − three flexible shafts − two linear variable differential transformers located on each upper actuator − two proximity switches located on each lower actuator − two thrust reverser cowls comprising a fixed structure and 2 translating sleeves latched together.. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: Page: 360 .Lufthansa Technical Training Exhaust Reverser System A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 78−30 ATA 78 EXHAUST REVERSER SYSTEM Introduction Description The thrust reverser comprises a fixed inner and a movable outer ( translating ) assembly. The air is discharged through cacades. The translating cowl is moved by four hydraulically operated actuators which are pressurized by the pumps mounted on each engine.

Lufthansa Technical Training Exhaust Reverser System A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 78−30 DRAG LINK For Training Purposes Only Figure 182 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Thrust Reverser stowed / deployed Page: Page: 361 .

Lufthansa Technical Training

Exhaust Reverser System

A319/A320/A321
IAE V2530-A5

78−30 THRUST REVERSER SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
General The thrust reverser is actuated in response to signals from the Engine Electronic Control (EEC). Selection of either stow or deploy from the cockpit generates a signal to the engine EEC which in turn, supplies signals to the thrust reverser hydraulic control unit. Thrust Reverser Deployment Thrust reverser deployment is initiated by rearward movement of the reverser lever which inputs a signal, via a dual resolver, to the EEC. The EEC supplies a 28 volt signal to the isolation valve and directional control valve solenoids mounted in the HCU. The supply of the signal to the directional control valve solenoid is also dependent if aircraft is on ground (weight onwheels) and upon the closure of the aircraft permission switch ( T/R inhibition relay) in that line. This switch is closed by the Throttle Lever Angle signal via the spoiler/elevator computer and the Engine Interface Unit energization of the isolation valve solenoid and the directional control valve solenoid allows hydraulic pressure into the system .This event being relayed to the EEC by the pressure switch mounted in the HCU. Pressure in the lower actuators releases the locks and these events are signalled to the EEC by the Proximity Switches (lock sensors). As the pistons move rearward to deploy the reverser, the Linear Variable Differential Transformer (LVDT) on the upper actuators monitors the movement and informs the EEC when the translating sleeve is fully deployed, the Proximity Switches and LVDTs remain active and the isolation valve remains energized. Thrust Reverser Stowage Stowage of reverser is initiated by forward movement of the piggyback levers which signal this intent to the EEC. The signal to the directional control valve solenoid is then cancelled by the EEC and permission switch, allowing pressure to remain only in the stow side of the actuators. The pistons then move forward until stowing is complete and the lower actuator locks are engaged after which the isolation valve solenoid is de−energized and the reverser is locked in the forward thrust mode. NOTE: DURING NORMAL REVERSER OPERATION THE ISOLATION VALVE REMAINS ENERGIZED FOR A PERIOD OF FIVE SECONDS AFTER THE LVDTS HAVE REGISTERED FULLY STOWED TO ENSURE FULL LOCK ENGAGEMENT AND COMPLETION OF THE STOW CYCLE.

For Training Purposes Only

Inadvertent Stowage/Deployment In either case the LVDT sensors would detect a movement the EEC would execute auto−restow or auto−redeploy. This occurs when the LVDTs sense uncommanded movement greater than 10% of actuator full travel. When auto−restow is initiated the EEC signals the isolation valve to open. Pressure is returned to the system and with the directional control valve in its stow position the reverser is returned to its stowed condition. Following auto−restow the isolation valve would remain energized for the remainder of the flight. If the reverser travel exceeds 15% of its travel from the fully stowed position then the EEC will command idle. Following restow, full power is again obtainable. When auto redeploy is initiated to counteract inadvertent stow, the EEC will command the isolation valve to close and maintain it closed until forward thrust has been reselected. This action will prevent further movement in the stow direction by virtue of the large aerodynamic loads on the translating sleeves which will normally be sufficient to deploy the reverser. If the reverser travel exceeds 22% of its travel from the fully deployed position then the EEC will command idle power. T/R components monitored by CFDS The following components are monitored by the CFDS: S HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT (HCU) S STOW SWITCH LOWER ACTUATOR R/H S STOW SWITCH - LOWER ACTUA TOR L/H S LVDT -THRUST REV UPPER ACTUA TOR R/H ( DEPLOY ) S LVDT - THRUST REV UPPER ACTUA TOR L/H ( DEPLOY )

FRA US/T Bu August 2001

Page: Page: 362

Lufthansa Technical Training

Exhaust Reverser System

A319/A320/A321
IAE V2530-A5

78−30
STATIC RELAY

EIU 1/ 2
SEC 1

OR
SEC 2 (3 )

CFDIU

DMC
1,2 1,4 1,6 1 REV

EPR

MREV 70,0%
1,2 1,4 1,6 1 REV 1,010

LGCIU 1/2

MCDU T/R TEST

FWC

1,009

(WOW)
MAIN LANDING GEARS1&2

T/R POSITION CHANNEL A

T/R POSITION CHANNEL B

E.E.C.
THRUST LEVER
N2 >50%

CHANNEL A CHANNEL B PRESS SW
SOV F

SUPPLY HCU T/R

For Training Purposes Only

TLA RESOLVERS POTENTIO− METERS

AND CHANNEL B CHANNEL A

HYDRAULIC RETURN INHIBITION RELAY

DIRECT V SOL ISOLATION V SOL DIRECT V SOL ISOLATION V SOL

Figure 183
FRA US/T Bu August 2001

Reverser System Schematic
Page: Page: 363

Lufthansa Technical Training

Exhaust Reverser System

A319/A320/A321
IAE V2530-A5

78−30 THRUST REVERSER INDEPENDENT LOCKING SYSTEM
General

**ON A/C 116−199,
An independent locking system is designed to isolate the thrust reverser from the aircraft hydraulic system. This system consists of thrust reverser Shut−Off Valve (SOV) upstream of the Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU), a filter and associated plumbing, mounting and electrical supply. The SOV is electrically actuated from an independent signal from the SEC (Spoiler Elevator Computer), bypassing the FADEC command circuit.

For Training Purposes Only

FRA US/T Bu August 2001

Page: Page: 364

Lufthansa Technical Training

Exhaust Reverser System

A319/A320/A321
IAE V2530-A5

78−30
STATIC RELAY

EIU 1/ 2
SEC 1

OR
SEC 2 (3 )

CFDIU

DMC
1,2 1,4 1,6 1 REV

EPR

1,2 1,4 1,6 1 REV 1,010

LGCIU 1/2

MCDU T/R TEST

FWC

1,009

(WOW)
MAIN LANDING GEARS1&2

T/R POSITION CHANNEL A

T/R POSITION CHANNEL B

E.E.C.
THRUST LEVER
N2 >50%

CHANNEL A CHANNEL B PRESS SW
SOV F

SUPPLY HCU T/R

For Training Purposes Only

TLA RESOLVERS POTENTIO− METERS

AND CHANNEL B CHANNEL A

HYDRAULIC RETURN INHIBITION RELAY

DIRECT V SOL ISOLATION V SOL DIRECT V SOL ISOLATION V SOL

Figure 184
FRA US/T Bu August 2001

Reverser System Schematic
Page: Page: 365

Lufthansa Technical Training

Exhaust Reverser System

A319/A320/A321
IAE V2530-A5

78−30 THRUST REVERSER SYSTEM
Cacades There are 16 cacades installed. The cacades are not interchangeable.

For Training Purposes Only

FRA US/T Bu August 2001

Page: Page: 366

Lufthansa Technical Training

Exhaust Reverser System

A319/A320/A321
IAE V2530-A5

78−30

For Training Purposes Only

Figure 185
FRA US/T Bu August 2001

Reverser Installation
Page: Page: 367

Lufthansa Technical Training

Exhaust Reverser System

A319/A320/A321
IAE V2530-A5

78−30 THRUST REVERSER HYDRAULIC SUPPLY
Thrust Reverser Operation The thrust reverser is operated by aicraft hydraulic pressure. The reverser hydraulic control unit ( HCU ) directs hydraulic pressure to the actuators. The EEC controls the HCU and the reverser operation.

THRUST REVERSER MANUAL DEPLOYMENT
Non Return Valve ( By−pass ). During manual deployment the non return valve must be set in the bypass position to allow the hydraulic from the actuators to go back to return. Access to the non return valve is gained by removing the pylon access panel on the left hand side..

For Training Purposes Only

FRA US/T Bu August 2001

Page: Page: 368

Lufthansa Technical Training

Exhaust Reverser System

A319/A320/A321
IAE V2530-A5

78−30

NON RETURN VALVE

For Training Purposes Only

Figure 186
FRA US/T Bu August 2001

Reverser Hydraulic Supply
Page: Page: 369

This system consists of thrust reverser Shut−Off Valve (SOV) upstream of the Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU). Component Location The SOV and the filter are located under the pylon. the upper magnetic piston spring overcomes the magnetic force and drives the pop−out indicator from its retracted position. As the differential pressure increases. Electrical power is supplied to the SOV through the fan electrical feeder box. Fig. the piston compresses its spring and moves away from the upper magnetic piston. The clogging indicatormonitors the pressure loss through the filter cartridge and has a pop−out indicator to signal when it is necessary to replace the filter element. bypassing the FADEC command circuit. a filter and associated plumbing. two position normally open pilot valve. For Training Purposes Only LOCATION FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: Page: 370 . The SOV is electrically actuated from an independent signal from the SEC (Spoiler Elevator Computer).Lufthansa Technical Training Exhaust Reverser System A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 78−30 THRUST REVERSER INDEPENDENT LOCKING SYSTEM **ON A/C 116−199. two position spool valve. It is controlled by a solenoid driven 3 port.The filter assembly contains a check valve to permit the removal of the canister and the change of the filter element with a minimum of spillage. At a preset displacement of approximately 2 mm. General An independent locking system is designed to isolate the thrust reverser from the aircraft hydraulic system. mounting and electrical supply. (Ref. Two spring−loaded magnetic pistons keep the pop out indicator in retracted position. 001) COMPONENT DESCRIPTION Shut−Off Valve The thrust reverser Shut−Off Valve (SOV) is a 3 port. Filter and Clogging Indicator It is used to filter the fluid from the aircraft hydraulic system. The filter is a flow− through cartridge−type filter. The lower magnetic piston monitors the differential between the filtered and unfiltered fluid pressure across the filter element.

Lufthansa Technical Training Exhaust Reverser System A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 78−30 For Training Purposes Only Figure 187 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 T/R Independent Locking System (**On A/C 116−199) Page: Page: 371 .

The directional control valve solenoid is a dual wound solenoid connected to both channels of the EEC. The hydraulic control unit includes the following items: − isolation solenoid valve solenoid. Directional Control Valve The solenoid operated directional control valve directs high pressure hydraulic fluid to the correct end(s) of the actuators to either stow or deploy the translating sleeve. The directional control valve solenoid is energized when the deploy command is given and provides hydraulic fluid at hydraulic pump supply pressure to both ends of the actuators through the directional control valve to initiate deployment of translating sleeve. The pressure switch is closed at pressure between 798 and 1450 psi and is opened at a minimumpressure of 798 psi. FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: Page: 372 Filter and clogging indicator The hydraulic control unit filter is used to filter the fluid supply from the aircraft hydraulic system. The isolationvalve is in the closed position while the thrust reverser is in the stowed position.(this is also a part of blocking the reverser. − directional control valve solenoid. The filter is a flow through cartridge type filter. The isolation valve solenoid is a dual coil valve solenoid connected to both channels of the EEC. Manual Lockout Lever With the manual lockout lever it is possible to shut the hydraulic supply to the reverser by closing the isolation valve in the HCU. − isolation valve. − pressure switch. the isolation valve solenoid is energized and the isolation valve is opened.The lever can be secured in the lockout position with a pin.) This must always be done when working on the reverser system ! For Training Purposes Only . − directional control valve. The HCU is mounted on the pylon over the engine centerline. Control and feedback signals are exchanged with the EEC. Pressure Switch The pressure switch provides signals to the EEC to indicate when there is hydraulic pressure downstream of the isolation valve. Upon actuation of the thrust reverser system. Isolation Valve The solenoid operated isolation valve isolates the thrust reverser actuation systems from the remaining hydraulic network on the engine. − filter and clogging indicator (pop out).Lufthansa Technical Training Exhaust Reverser System A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 78−30 REVERSER HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT Reverser Hydraulic Control Unit ( HCU ) General The hydraulic control unit controls hydraulic fluid flow to the thrust reverser actuators. The clogging indicator monitors pressure loss through the filter cartridge and features a pop− out indicator to signal when it is necessary to replace the filter element. just forward of the C−duct and is accessible from the left side.

Lufthansa Technical Training Exhaust Reverser System A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 78−30 HYDRAULIC INPUT UNION ISOLATION VALVE SOLENOID VALVE FILTER (POP-OUT) INDICATOR HOUSING SPRING DIRECTIONAL VALVE SOLENOID VALVE BLEED VALVE FILTER PRESSURE SWITCH QUICK RELEASE PIN HYDRAULIK OUTPUT ISOLATING LEVER For Training Purposes Only CONNECTOR „A“ CHANNEL CONNECTOR „B“ CHANNEL Figure 188 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Hydraulic Control Unit ( HCU ) Page: Page: 373 .

For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: Page: 374 .the hydraulic pressure is applied to the input of the HCU.Lufthansa Technical Training Exhaust Reverser System A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 78−30 HCU IN FORWARD THRUST POSITION In the initial stowed position with the reverse stow control selected in the cockpit.All reverser hydraulic systems are pressurized at the return pressure as long as the aircraft is in flight and no signal is sent to open the isolation valve solenoid.

**ON A/C 116−199. SHUT-OFF VALVE S FILTER For Training Purposes Only NON RETURN VALVE ( MANUAL OPERATED) Figure 189 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 HCU Schematic Page: Page: 375 .Lufthansa Technical Training Exhaust Reverser System A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 78−30 FORWARD THRUST CONFIGURATION ACTUATORS STOWED.

In the cockpit an amber REV indication is dis played in the middle of the EPR dial or the ECAM display unit. and then extending the actuators. the EEC ensures that deploy ment is permitted. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: Page: 376 . THE EEC WILL DE−ENERGIZE THE ISOLATION VALVE. IF AN UNCOMMANDED STOW MOVEMENT IS DETECTED. THE ISOLATION VALVE REMAINS ENERGIZED TO MAINTAIN THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IN THE ACTUATORS TO PREVENT VIBRATION. NOTE: WHEN THE THRUST REVERSER IS IN THE DEPLOYED POSITION. THIS WILL LEAD TO A THRUST REVERSER REDEPLOY DUE TO AERODYNAMICAL FORCES ON THE BLOCKER DOORS. This event is indicated to EEC when both Linear variable Differential Transform ers (LVTD) detect this position.In that case.Lufthansa Technical Training Exhaust Reverser System A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 78−30 HCU DEPLOY SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION 1 When reverse thrust is selected in the cockpit. REV indication changes to green. hydraulic pressure (3000 psi) moves the directional control valve to supply hydraulic pressure to the head end of the actuator to unlock the actuators. 3 As soon as both lock sensors indicate unlocked for more than 0. 2 When the isolation valve is opened and the directional control valve solenoid is energized. 4 Each translating sleeve arriving at 95 percent of its travel is slowed down until completely deployed through hydraulic actuator inner restriction. the electrical power (28VDC) is sent to the isolation valve solenoid and to the directional valve solenoid.2 seconds (indicating that translating sleeves are ”unlocked sleeves” signal is sent by these sensors to the EEC.

Lufthansa Technical Training Exhaust Reverser System A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 78−30 For Training Purposes Only Figure 190 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 HCU Deploy Sequence Page: Page: 377 .

REV indica tion changes to amber. they set the proximity switches (lock sensor) which send the ”stowed sleeves” information to the EEC.Lufthansa Technical Training Exhaust Reverser System A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 78−30 HCU STOW SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION 1 When translating sleeves stowing is selected. A flow limiter controls hydraulic actuator piston retrac tion speed. 4 The actuators move until stowing is complete and the lower actuator locks are engaged after which the isolation valve solenoid is de−energized and the reverser is locked in the forward thrust mode position. When one translating sleeve is less than 95 % deployed. 3 When both translating sleeves are at 0 % from their stowed position. 2 Hydraulic pressure is supplied to the rod end of the actuator. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: Page: 378 . In that case the EEC de−energizes the directional valve sole noid. the EEC ensures that stowing is permitted. the head is connected to return. The REV indication disappears.

Lufthansa Technical Training Exhaust Reverser System A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 78−30 For Training Purposes Only Figure 191 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 HCU Stow Sequence Page: Page: 379 .

Lufthansa Technical Training Exhaust Reverser System A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 78−30 HYDRAULIC ACTUATION SYS. the piston extends. This moves the translating sleeve aft to the deploy position. In the retract mode. COMP. This synchronization keeps the top and bottom of the sleeve traveling at the same rate so the sleeve will not tilt and jam. The synchronization also keeps the two translating sleeves moving together so reverse pressure in the secondary air flow is equal on both sides of the engine. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: Page: 380 . Hydraulic Actuators The actuator base is attached to a torque ring and the end of the piston is attached to the translating sleeve. As hydraulic pressure builds up in the actuator. The shaft engages a worm gear at the base of the actuator that translates the turning action of the actuator piston as it moves out or in. Another shaft connects the upper and lower actuators on each side.the piston retracts which moves the translating back to the stow position. The Lower actuators ( 2 ) have a manual unlocking handle and proximity switches. The flexible shafts are installed inside the extend (deploy) hydraulic hoses. The Upper actuators ( 2 ) have internal LVDT. FLEXSHAFT INSTALLATION Syncronization System Flexible Shafts Three flexible shafts connect the four actuators together to synchronize the speed with which the actuators operate and the T/R sleves on each side of the engine . A cross−over shaft connects the two upper actuators.

Lufthansa Technical Training Exhaust Reverser System A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 78−30 For Training Purposes Only MANUAL DRIVE Figure 192 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Flexible Drive Shafts Page: Page: 381 .

All actuators use hydraulic snubbing at the end of the deploy stroke to slow down the actuators over the final part of the deploy stroke.All actuators also incorporate the necessary deploy stroke mechanical stops. to the EEC. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: Page: 382 .Lufthansa Technical Training Exhaust Reverser System A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 78−30 HYDRAULIC ACTUATORS DESCRIPTION Four actuators are used for each thrust reverser. control movement of the fan reverser translating elements in response to hydraulic inputs from the HCU.two actuators are used for each translating cowl. S the upper actuators incorporate an integral Linear Variable Directional Transformer (LVDT) to indicate piston position. UPPER NONLOCKING ACTUATOR The two upper actuators are identical and in conjunction with the two lower locking actuators . S the lower actuators incorporate an integral lock mechanism which holds the piston in the fully stowed position.and thus translating cowl position .

Lufthansa Technical Training Exhaust Reverser System A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 78−30 For Training Purposes Only Figure 193 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Upper Nonlocking Actuator Page: Page: 383 .

The actuators incorporate an integral lock mechanism to hold the piston rod when the actuator is in the fully stowed position. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: Page: 384 . The lock releases on rising hydraulic pressure when deploy is commanded via the HCU.The lock mechanism incorporates a manual release facility and proximity switch for electrical lock position feedback to the EEC. control movement of the fan reverser translating elements in response to hydraulic inputs from the hydraulic control unit (HCU).Lufthansa Technical Training Exhaust Reverser System A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 78−30 LOWER LOCKING ACTUATORS The two lower loking actuators are identical and in conjunction with the two upper actuators.

Lufthansa Technical Training Exhaust Reverser System A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 78−30 For Training Purposes Only Figure 194 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Lower Locking Actuator Page: Page: 385 .

S open the L. NOTE: DO NOT EXCEED MAX. warnings and cautions may be found in the MM ATA 78−30. hand fan cowls. S open and tag the CB’s listed in the MM. INDICATED TORQUE LOADING. push to engage drive and rotate speed brace to extend/retract translating cowl as required. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: Page: 386 .Lufthansa Technical Training Exhaust Reverser System A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 78−30 THRUST REVERSER MANUAL DEPLOY / STOW Manual Deploy/stow The thrust reverser may be deployed/stowed manually for maintenance − troubleshooting operations. S position the non return valve in the bypass position ( deploy only−not necessary for stow operation ). S disengage the locks on the two locking actuators. The procedure is summarised below. the full procedure. Insert pins to ensure locks remain disengaged. S insert 3/8 inch square drive speed brace into external socket. and R. S move the thrust reverser hydraulic control unit de−activation lever to the de− activated position and insert the lockout pin.

Lufthansa Technical Training Exhaust Reverser System A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 78−30 NON RETURN VALVE For Training Purposes Only Figure 195 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Reverser Manual Operation Page: Page: 387 .

0. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: Page: 388 .it has to be stowed manually. S remove the translating cowl de−activation pins (2) from their stowage and insert them in the de−activation position.Lufthansa Technical Training Exhaust Reverser System A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 78−30 THRUST REVERSER DEACTIVATION De−activation The procedure is summarised below. the full procedure is described in the MM 78−30−00 P. S if the thrust reverser is deployed. T / R Lockout pin installation NOTE: WHEN FULLY INSERTED IN THE DE−ACTIVATION POSITION THE PINS WILL PROTUDE APPROX.8” TO PROVIDE VISUAL INDICATION OF ”LOCK OUT”. S install the lock out pin in the de−activation lever of the hydraulic control unit.407.

Lufthansa Technical Training Exhaust Reverser System A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 78−30 For Training Purposes Only Figure 196 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 T/R Deactivation Page: Page: 389 .

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE THRUST REVERSERS ARE CLEAR.k.Returning the throttle to the FWD idle position will restow the reverser. The actual position of the T/R is also indicated on the MCDU . Yellow END 2 ). All the test steps are written on the MCDU. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: Page: 390 . Description For the test hydraulic power must be switched on depending which reverser system will be tested.( Green ENG 1. FOR SAFTEY REASONS THE TEST TIME DURATION IS LIMITED TO 60 SEC. During the test also the REV indication in the EPR indicator must be checked. Movement of the throttle into the reverse idle position will deploy the reverser. For the TEST refer to: MM Task 78−31−00−710−41 Operational Test of the Thrust Reverser System wth the CFDS.If the test is active the REV UNSTOW warning appears on the engine warning display.Lufthansa Technical Training Exhaust Reverser System A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 78−30 FADEC CFDS REVERSER TEST Reverser Testing via MCDU Via MCDU it is possible to operate the reverser on ground with engines OFFto make sure the system operation is o.

Lufthansa Technical Training Exhaust Reverser System A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 78−30 WARNING MASSAGE WHEN IN TEST For Training Purposes Only Figure 197 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 FADEC T/R Test (NO FAULT) Page: Page: 391 .

Lufthansa Technical Training Exhaust Reverser System A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 78−30 FADEC T/R TEST ( FAULT DETECTED ) For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: Page: 392 .

Lufthansa Technical Training Exhaust Reverser System A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 78−30 For Training Purposes Only Figure 198 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 FADEC T/R Test (FAULT DETECTED) Page: Page: 393 .

IF THIS TIME IS EXCEEDED THE TEST WILL BE INTERRUPTED AND A NEW TEST MUST BE INITIATED. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: Page: 394 . NOTE: THE DURATION OF THE COMPLETE T/R OPERATIONAL TEST (OPENING & CLOSING ) IS LIMITED TO 60 SECONDS.Lufthansa Technical Training Exhaust Reverser System A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 78−30 FADEC T/R TEST ( NOT O. ) For saftey reasons the time for the test is limited.K. NOTE: IF THE TEST PROCEDURE IS NOT PERFORMED WITHIN 15 SECONDS (MOVING THE THROTTLE LEVER TO REVERSE ) THE TEST WILL BE INTERRUPTED AND A NEW TEST MUST BE INITIATED.

WITHIN THE TIMELIMIT For Training Purposes Only Figure 199 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 FADEC T/R Test (NOT O.) Page: Page: 395 .K.Lufthansa Technical Training Exhaust Reverser System A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 78−30 NO THRUST LEVER MOVEMENT TO REV.

Engine Rating. After a new engine was installed different Test Tasks have to be performed: S Check of engine datas via CFDS ( ESN. S Functional check of IDG disconnect system. 13 ( Prestested engine replacement test ) For further information refer to AMM ATA 71-00-00.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE ENGINE CHANGE A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 71-00 ATA 71-00 ENGINE CHANGE ENGINE REMOVAL / INSTALLATION The arrangements for slinging / hoisting the engine are shown below ( Bootstrap). 3 ( Idle leak check ) S TEST NO. S Operational Test of EEC via CFDS. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 396 . data entry plug and engine identification plates. Bump level ) to make sure that they are the same as written on the EEC. 1 ( Dry motor leak check ) S TEST NO. S Functional check of engine ice protection system. 2 ( Wet motor leak check ) S TEST NO.a Land Test must be performed. 6 ( EEC system idle test ) S TEST NO. S TEST NO. NOTE: DURING THIS OPERATION THE ”C” DUCTS ARE SUPPORTED BY RODS WHICH ARE POSITIONED BETWEEN THE ”C” DUCT AND THE ENGINE PYLON.EEC P/N. S If A/C is operated in actual CAT III conditions.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE ENGINE CHANGE A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530-A5 71-00 For Training Purposes Only Figure 200 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Engine Removal / Installation Page: 397 .

Equipment Engine Oil.31 days-3 months and over 3 months. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T5 KoA May 04 Page: 398 .7−30 days.General The procedures in AMM 71−00−00−100−010 describes the cleaning of the Engine.Equipment Cleaning Solvent Protect the Engine External Surfaces Task 71−00−00−600−011 A.Equipment Engine Oil Clean and Examine the Power Plant Task 71−00−00−100−010 A.General The procedures in AMM 71−00−00−550−010 are for Engines stored on wing or inside/outside. B. B.Equipment Engine Covers. B. Depreservation of the Power Plant Task 71−00−00−550−011 A.The periods are for 7 days. B.Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE GROUND OPERATION POWER PLANT PRESERVATION A319/320/321 71−00 POWER PLANT PRESERVATION List of Preservation Procedures Task 71−00−00−500−010 Preservation of the Power Plant Task 71−00−00−550−010 A. B.moisture resistant tape. Preservation of the Main Line Bearings Task 71−00−00−550−012 A.Equipment Anti-corrosion inhibit fluid.General The procedures in AMM 71−00−00−550−011 are for depreservation up to 3 months or over 3 months.General The procedures in AMM 71−00−00−600−011 describes the protection of external surfaces.General The procedures in AMM 71−00−00−550−012 describes the preservation of the main line Bearings.desiccant.rust preventative.

Lufthansa Technical Training ENGINE GROUND OPERATION POWER PLANT PRESERVATION A319/320/321 71−00 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T5 KoA May 04 Page: 399 .

Amber) Fault light illuminates amber. AIR INTAKE ICE PROTETION System Description Engine Air Intake Anti−Ice Air source The air bled from the 7th stage of the high compressor is the heat source. Upon energization of the solenoid. the zone controller sends a signal to the FADEC (ECS signal).electrically controlled and spring loaded closed. Valve For each Engine.(Fail safe „OPEN“ ) S It has a “Manual Override and Lock”. the valve will open. In case of loss of electrical power supply and pneumatic air supply available. For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 400 . the”ON/OFF” valve is controlled by a pushbutton.PS3 Schedule Demand for both engines. FAULT − (PB Switch In. the valve will close. hot bleed air is ducted via an ”ON/OFF” valve. Control For each engine. S Switch the Cont. OFF − (PB−Switch Out) Anti ice system is OFF (valve solenoid energized). When the anti ice valve is open (valve position sw. this will: S Modulate the Idle speed to Min. a message appears in GREEN on the ”ECAM MEMO” display. When the anti−ice valve is open. Continuos ignition (A/B) is automaticaly activated on both engines when the valve is opened. SYSTEM CONTROL ON − (PB−Switch In. FAULT − (PB−Switch Out. The valve is pneumatically operated.Lufthansa Technical Training ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION ENG. AIR INTAKE ANTI ICE PROTECTION A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 30−20 ATA 30 ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION 30−20 ENG. NOT CLOSED). ECAM Page If at least one of the two engine air intake anti−ice systems is selected ”ON”. It can be blocked in the OPEN or in the CLOSED position. The spent air exhausts via a flush duct in the aft cavity of the intake cowl. Blue) The ON light comes on in blue. the zone controller determines the bleed air demand for the Full Authority Digital Engine Control (FADEC) system. (valve solenoid deenergized) . The ECAM is activated S − Single chime sounds S − MASTER CAUT light ”ON” S − Warning message: − ANTI ICE ENG 1 (2) VALVE CLSD − ANTI ICE ENG 1 (2) VALVE OPEN. Amber) Fault light illuminates amber when valve not fully open. The ”FAULT” light comes on during transit or in case of abnormal operation. Ignition− ON (via EIU/EEC). A solenoid−operated shutoff valve (which is designed to fail to the open position) provides the on−off control. The piccolo tube distributes the air whithin the leading edge of the intake cowl. ENG ANTI ICE ON is indicated on the ECAM MEMO page.

AIR INTAKE ANTI ICE PROTECTION A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 30−20 7 FADEC OPEN POSITION SIGNAL 1 2 For Training Purposes Only CABIN ZONE CONTROLLER Figure 201 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Engine Nacelle A/I Architecture Page: 401 .Lufthansa Technical Training ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION ENG.

AIR INTAKE ANTI ICE PROTECTION A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 30−20 SYSTEM CONTROL SCHEMATIC For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 402 .Lufthansa Technical Training ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION ENG.

AIR INTAKE ANTI ICE PROTECTION A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 30−20 ( ZONE CONT.Lufthansa Technical Training ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION ENG.) ( EIU ) For Training Purposes Only Figure 202 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Control Schematic Page: 403 .

AIR INTAKE ANTI ICE PROTECTION ANTI−ICE VALVE DEACTIVATION refer to MEL.Lufthansa Technical Training ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION ENG. S Use an applicable wrench on the nut (2) and move the valve to the necessary position (open or closed). S Hold the valve in the necessary position and install the lock−pin (4) in to the valve locking hole (3). For Training Purposes Only FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Page: 404 .ATA 30. A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 30−20 ENGINE ANTI ICE DUCT AND VALVE Procedure S Lock the intake anti−ice valve (1) in the open or the closed position S Remove the lock−pin (4) from the transportation hole (5) in the valve (1).

AIR INTAKE ANTI ICE PROTECTION A319/A320/A321 IAE V2530−A5 30−20 ANTI−ICE DUCT 1 ANTI−ICE VALVE 2 NUT For Training Purposes Only 5 TRANSPORTATION− HOLE 3 VALVE LOCKING− HOLE 4 LOCK PIN Figure 203 FRA US/T Bu August 2001 Engine Anti−Ice Duct and Valve Page: 405 .Lufthansa Technical Training ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION ENG.

. . . . . . . . . . . ATA 71-10 NACELLE ACCESS DOORS & OPENINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATA 72 ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MODULE 40 HP COMPRESSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NO 4 BEARING COMPARTMENT . . . . PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77−00 ENGINE INDICATING PRESENTATION . . . 100 Page i . . . . FRONT LATCH AND OPEN INDICATOR . . . . . . . DRIVE SEAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FRONT BEARING COMPARTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . PROCEDURE . . . . . . ENGINE MARK NUMBERS . . . . . . . . . . ENGINE FLANGES . . . . . . . . .A320 71−80V2500JARB1 TABLE OF CONTENTS ATA 71 POWER PLANT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATA 71-00 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INLET CONE REMOVAL . . . . . . ATA 72-31-1 1 FAN BLADE REPAIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FADEC FUNCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATA 71 POWER PLANT . . . . . 10 TH. . . . . . . THRUST REVERSER HALF LATCHES . FAN COWLS OPENING / CLOSING . . . . . C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ENGINE DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ENGINE CONTROL P/B’S AND SWITCHES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ENGINE MODULES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FAN COWL LATCH ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATA 71-00 ENGINE HAZARD AREAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATA 73 ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STAGE MAKE UP AIR VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BORESCOOPING GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATA 77 INDICATING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C . . ENGINE MARK NUMBERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HP TURBINE . . . . . . . . ATA 78-32 THRUST REVERSER COWL DOORS . ACCESS DOORS & OPENINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72-00 ENGINE PRESENTATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AFT ENGINE MOUNT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 OIL PRESSURE INDICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 79−00 GENERAL . . . . . . . . 58 58 60 64 66 66 68 68 70 72 72 74 74 74 76 76 76 78 80 82 82 84 86 88 90 92 ATA 79 OIL 94 79−00 GENERAL . . . . 71-20 ENGINE MOUNTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FAN BLADE INSPECTION / REPAIR . . INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REAR BEARING COMPARTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LATCH ACCESS PANEL & TAKE UP DEVICE . MODULE 31 ( FAN MODULE ) . . . . . . . . . . ANGLE AND MAIN GEARBOX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATA 72-00 BORESCOPING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FORWARD ENGINE MOUNT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FAN BLADE REMOVAL / INSTALLATION . . . . FRA US/T-5 Köhler Mar 2006 1 1 2 3 4 6 8 10 10 12 14 18 18 24 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 42 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 ATA 72−60 ACCESSORY DRIVE GEARBOX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 OIL TEMPERATURE INDICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COMMON NOZZLE ASSEMBLY (CNA) . . . . . . . . . . .DUCT HOLD OPEN STRUTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71-20 ENGINE MOUNTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73−20 FADEC PRESENTATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MODULE 32 INTERMEDIATE CASE . . . . . . . . . . . NACELLE GENERAL . . BORESCOOPE INSPECTION OF THE HP COMP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COMBUSTION SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BORESCOPE INSPECTION OF THE HP COMP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 79-30 OIL INDICATING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 OIL QUANTITY INDICATING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DUCT OPENING / CLOSING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T/R COWLING ( ”C-DUCT” ) OPENING / CLOSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 ECAM OIL INDICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . THROTTLE CONTROL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . NO. . . . .) . . . .A320 71−80V2500JARB1 TABLE OF CONTENTS LOW OIL PRESSURE SWITCH . . . . . . . . .4 BEARING WARNING . . . . . . . . . . IDG OIL COOLER TEMP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ENGINE OIL PRESSURE . . . ACOC OIL TEMP. . . . . . . . . . . NO 4 BEARING PRESSURE TRANSDUCER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCAV. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . THERMOCOUPLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FUEL METERING UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RETURN TO TANK MODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HP & LP FUEL SOV CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FUEL DIVERTER & RETURN VALVE . . SCAV. . . . . . GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . THRUST LEVERS . . . . . . . . . . . 73−00 FUEL SYSTEM PRESENTATION . . . . DIFF. . . . . FUEL METERING UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDG FUEL COOLED OIL COOLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAGNETIC CHIP DETECTORS (M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATA 73 ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . THERMOCOUPLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LOW OIL PRESSURE SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73−00 FUEL SYSTEM PRESENTATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FUEL MANIFOLD AND TUBES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FRA US/T-5 Köhler Mar 2006 100 100 100 102 102 104 104 106 108 108 110 112 112 114 116 118 118 120 120 122 124 124 126 128 130 132 132 134 134 136 136 138 138 140 FUEL FILTER . . . . . . . . . . DE-OILER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FUEL NOZZLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FUEL PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . THERMOCOUPLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . PYLON DRAINS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDG OIL SERVICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AIR COOLED OIL COOLER (ACOC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 BEARING SCAVENGE VALVE INDICATING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VALVE DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NO RETURN TO TANK MODES 3 AND 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATA 73-20 HEA T MANAGEMENT SYSTEM . . . SCAVENGE PUMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FUEL TEMPERATURE THERMOCOUPLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . SCAVENGE OIL COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DRAIN SYSTEM DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OIL TANK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NO4 BEAR. . DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . THERMOCOUPLE . . . . . . . . . HMS MODE 3 . . BUMP RATING PUSH BUTTON . . . . . . PRESS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATA 71-70 POWER PLANT DRAINS . . ENGINE OIL SERVICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FUEL COOLED OIL COOLER (FCOC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCAVENGE SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NO. . . . . . . . . . . . . PRESENTATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . HMS MODE 4 . . . . . . . ATA 73−10 FUEL DISTRIBUTION COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OIL QUANTITY TRANSMITTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATA 76 ENGINE CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PRESSURE WARNING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDG OIL COOLER TEMP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FUEL DISTRIBUTION VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HMS MODE 1 ( NORMAL MODE ) . . . . . . . . . . . FUEL FILTER DIFF. . . FUEL DIVERTER & RETURN VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . OIL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 140 140 140 142 144 144 146 146 148 150 152 154 154 154 154 154 154 156 156 156 156 158 158 158 160 162 162 164 166 168 168 168 170 Page ii . . . FILT. . . . . . . NO4 BEARING SCAVENGE VALVE . . . MASTER MAGNETIC CHIP DETECTOR . . ACOC MODULATING AIR VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LOW PRESSURE FUEL SHUT OFF VALVE . . . . . . OIL PRESSURE PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ACOC OIL TEMPERATURE THERMOCOUPLE . . . . . . . . . . . . HMS MODE 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79-00 OIL SYSYSTEM COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FUEL TEMP. . . . . . . . . AIR MODULATING VALVE . ATA 73−30 INDICATING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FADEC SYSTEM MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A320 71−80V2500JARB1 TABLE OF CONTENTS ARTIFICIAL FEEL UNIT ( MECANICAL BOX ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FADEC TROUBLESHOOTING REPORT . . . . . . . . . . CFDS SYSTEM REPORT /TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FADEC FAILURE TYPES DEFINITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FADEC FAULT STRATEGY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . POWER MANAGEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . EPR SETTING REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ELECTRONIC ENGINE CONTROL (EEC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 SENSORS . . . . . . . . . . ATA 77−10 POWER INDICATING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N1 INDICATION . ATA 77 INDICATING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EGT PROBES . . . . . . . . . . . LOSS OF INPUTS FROM AIRCRAFT . FAILURES AND REDUNDANCY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EGT INDICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FADEC P2/T2 HEATER TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDLE CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FADEC PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RATED N1 SETTING REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EVMU OPERATION (CFDS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATA 73-20 F ADEC TEST . . . 73−20 FADEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CFDS SYSTEM REPORT /TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 SENSOR . . . . . . . . THROTTLE CONTROL UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAX POINTER RESET ( N1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . INTERCHANGE OF N1 SPEED SENSORS . . N1 AND N2 INDICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FADEC LRU‘S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CFDS SYSTEM REPORT / TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P3/T3 SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . P2 / T2 SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FADEC SYSTEM TEST . . . . P2 / T2 HEATER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 SENSORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AIDS ALPHA CALL UP OF TRA . . . . AIDS ALPHA CALL UP OF TRA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N2 & EGT ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CFDS ACCELEROMETER RECONFIG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FADEC LRU‘S SENSORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COMPONENT FAIL SAFE STATES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FADEC POWER SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ENGINE VIBRATION MONITORING UNIT (EVMU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RIGGING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DEDICATED ALTERNATOR (PMA) . . . . . . . . . . . P4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATA 77−10 POWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATA 73-22 F ADEC SENSORS . . . . . . . . . . ENGINE LIMITS PROTECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATA 77−20 TEMPERATURE . AUTOTHRUST ACTIVATION / DEACTIVATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATA 73 ENGINE FUEL AND CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FADEC DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FADEC LRU‘S SENSORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DATA ENTRY PLUG MODIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EPR SYSTEM COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 / T2. . . . . . 218 220 220 222 222 224 226 230 230 232 232 234 234 236 238 238 240 242 242 244 244 250 250 250 252 254 256 258 259 260 260 262 262 266 FRA US/T-5 Köhler Mar 2006 Page iii . . . . . 77−00 ENGINE INDICATING PRESENTATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EPR INDICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FADEC DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N1 SPEED TABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 174 176 176 178 180 180 182 182 184 184 184 186 188 190 190 192 194 194 196 196 198 198 198 200 202 204 206 208 210 212 214 216 AIRCRAFT INTEGRATED DATA SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FAILURES AND REDUNDANCY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UNRATED N1 SETTING REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . ATA 31 INDICATING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VIBRATION INDICATION . . . . . . . ATA 77-10 POWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A320 71−80V2500JARB1 TABLE OF CONTENTS FADEC GROUND SCANNING . . . ATA 74 IGNITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IGNITION SYSTEM CIRCUIT BREAKERS . . STARTING COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . START AIR CONTROL VALVE TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BOOSTER BLEED SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HANDLING BLEED VALVES . . . . . . . . HPT / LPT COOLING MANIFOLDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SYS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . THRUST REVERSER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .AIR FLOW SYS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EIU CFDS DISCRETE OUTPUTS SIMULATION . . . . . . ATA 75 ENGINE AIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CRANKING−DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VSV SYSTEM COMPONENTS . . . . . . GROUND SCANNING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATA 75-32 HP COMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EIU PRESENTATION . . . . . . . . . EEC AUTO START ABBORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATA 80 STARTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MANUAL START . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EIU DISCRETE OUTPUTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VSV RIGGING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . THRUST REVERSER SYSTEM DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EIU CFDS DISCRETE OUTPUTS SIMULATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NACELLE TEMPERATURE GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATA 78 EXHAUST . . . . . . FADEC CLASS 3 FAULT REPORT . . . . . . . IGNITION TEST WITHOUT CFDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTOMATIC START . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316 318 322 324 324 326 326 326 328 328 330 332 334 336 338 340 340 342 344 346 348 350 352 354 356 356 358 360 360 362 364 366 368 368 Page iv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EIU INTERFACES CONT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . THRUST REVERSER HYDRAULIC SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . ATA 73-25 ENGINE INTERF ACE UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WET CRANKING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74-00 IGNITION SYSTEM PRESENTATION . . . . . HANDLING BLEED VALVES FUNKTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NACELLE VENTILATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IGNITION SYSTEM COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . BSBV ACTUATING MECHANISM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IGNITION SYSTEM TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EIU DISCRETE OUTPUTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HANDLING BLEED VALVE MALFUNCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HPT / LPT COOLING MANIFOLDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FRA US/T-5 Köhler Mar 2006 268 268 270 272 272 272 274 275 276 278 278 280 282 284 286 288 290 290 292 292 294 294 296 298 300 300 302 304 304 306 308 310 312 314 BLEED VALVE LOCATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATA 75-41 NACELLE TEMPERA TURE . . . . . . . ATA 75-31 LP COMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LAST LEG REPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STARTER AIR CONTROL VALVE . . THRUST REVERSER MANUAL DEPLOYMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REVERSER SYSTEM . . . . . . START AIR CONTROL VALVE TEST ( FAULT DETECTED ) . . . TURBINE COOLING CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75−00 SYSTEM PRESENTATION . . . . . . HANDLING BLEED VALVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IGNITOR TEST . . . . OPERATING SCHEDULE . . . . . . . . . HPT / LPT ACTIVE CLEARANCE CONT. . . . . . . . . . . IGNITION SYSTEM TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AIR FLOW SYS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IGNITOR TEST . . . . . . EIU INPUT DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COMPRESSOR CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CFDS SYSTEM REPORT/TEST EIU . . . . . LRU INDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . FADEC CLASS 3 FAULT REPORT . . . . . . IGNITION / STARTING− OPERATION . . . . . . . . THRUST REVERSER INDEPENDENT LOCKING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HANDLING BLEED VALVE MALFUNCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EIU INTERFACES . . GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STARTER AIR CONTROL VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UPPER NONLOCKING ACTUATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AIR INTAKE ICE PROTETION . . . . THRUST REVERSER DEACTIVATION . ) . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . FADEC T/R TEST ( FAULT DETECTED ) . . . . . . . . 30−20 ENG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HCU IN FORWARD THRUST POSITION . . . . LOWER LOCKING ACTUATORS . . . . . . . . . . FADEC T/R TEST ( NOT O. . . . . . . . . . . REVERSER HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370 372 374 376 378 380 380 382 382 384 386 388 390 392 394 396 396 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ENGINE ANTI ICE DUCT AND VALVE . . . . . . . . 398 POWER PLANT PRESERVATION . . . . . . . . . FADEC CFDS REVERSER TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HCU STOW SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398 ATA 30 ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . COMP. . . . . . . .. . . . . HCU DEPLOY SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION . SYSTEM CONTROL SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . HYDRAULIC ACTUATORS DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 400 400 402 404 404 FRA US/T-5 Köhler Mar 2006 Page v . . . . . . . . . SYSTEM CONTROL . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FLEXSHAFT INSTALLATION . . . THRUST REVERSER MANUAL DEPLOY / STOW .A320 71−80V2500JARB1 TABLE OF CONTENTS THRUST REVERSER INDEPENDENT LOCKING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ANTI−ICE VALVE DEACTIVATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HYDRAULIC ACTUATION SYS. . . . . . ATA 71-00 ENGINE CHANGE . . . . . . . ENGINE REMOVAL / INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . HP Compressor . . . . . . . . . . . Engine Components Location (L/H side) . . . . . . . . . . . . Fan Cowl Latch Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pressure Pump & Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil System Basic Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel Pump and Fuel Metering Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDG Oil Servicing . . . . . . Oil Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Combustion Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mounts and Loads . . . . . . . Fan Blade Removal / Installation . . . . . Manual Handcranking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drive Seals . . . . . . . . Oil Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine Mounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Basic Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . „C“ Duct Hold Open Struts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel System Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . No. . . . . . . . . Master Magnetic Chip Detector . . . . . . . . Angle and Main Gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel Cooled Oil Cooler . . . . . . . . No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LOP Switch and Oil Press. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HP Compressor Borescope Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stage10 to HPT Air Control Valve . . . . . . . . . . Engine Bearings & Compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine Stations . FADEC Presentation IAE V2500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A320 71−80V2500JARB1 TABLE OF FIGURES Figure 1 Figure 2 Figure 3 Figure 4 Figure 5 Figure 6 Figure 7 Figure 8 Figure 9 Figure 10 Figure 11 Figure 12 Figure 13 Figure 14 Figure 15 Figure 16 Figure 17 Figure 18 Figure 19 Figure 20 Figure 21 Figure 22 Figure 23 Figure 24 Figure 25 Figure 26 Figure 27 Figure 28 Figure 29 Figure 30 Figure 31 Figure 32 Figure 33 Figure 34 Figure 35 V2500 Propulsion Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nacelle Access Doors . . . . . . . . . . . Oil System Schematic . . . LP Compressor ( Fan ) .4 Bearing Scavenge Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Propulsion Unit Outline . . . . . . . . . .4 Bearing Scavenge Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fan Case Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chip Detectors . . . . . . Engine ECAM Indications . . . . . . .4 Bearing Scavenge Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear Bearing Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-Duct Opening/Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stage Numbering . FADEC Presentation IAE V2500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine Modules . Oil Pressure Chart . . . . . . . . . . Common Nozzle Assemply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . De-Oiler . . . . . . Scavenge Filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine Control P / B‘s and Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Bearing Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel System Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine Circuit Breakers . Mar 2006 5 7 9 11 13 15 16 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49 51 53 55 57 59 61 62 63 65 67 69 Figure 36 Figure 37 Figure 38 Figure 39 Figure 40 Figure 41 Figure 42 Figure 43 Figure 44 Figure 45 Figure 46 Figure 47 Figure 48 Figure 49 Figure 50 Figure 51 Figure 52 Figure 53 Figure 54 Figure 55 Figure 56 Figure 57 Figure 58 Figure 59 Figure 60 Figure 61 Figure 62 Figure 63 Figure 64 Figure 65 Figure 66 Figure 67 Figure 68 Figure 69 Figure 70 HP Compressor Borescope Access . . . . . . . . . . . Inlet Cone Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine Flanges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thrust Reverser Half Latches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transmitter . . . . . . Scavenge Pump Assembly . . . . . . . . . . 71 73 75 77 79 81 83 85 87 89 91 93 95 97 99 101 103 105 107 109 111 113 115 117 119 121 123 125 127 129 131 133 135 137 139 Page vi FRA US/T-5 Köhler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sensor . . . . . . . . Latch Panel & Take Up Device . . . . . . Fuel System Indication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fan Cowls Opening / Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front Bearing Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine Components Location (R/H side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fan Blade Repair Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . Fan Blade Repair Limits . .Delta P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ECAM Oil Indication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . No. . . . . . . . . . Fan Blade Repair Limits . . . Front Latch with Open Indicator . ACOC Air Flow . . Engine Hazard Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sw and Oil Temp. . . . . . . . . ”C” Duct Opening/Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . 207 FRA US/T-5 Köhler Mar 2006 Figure 71 Figure 105 Figure 106 Figure 107 Figure 108 Figure 109 Figure 110 Figure 111 Figure 112 Figure 113 Figure 114 Figure 115 Figure 116 Figure 117 Figure 118 Figure 119 Figure 120 Figure 121 Figure 122 Figure 123 Figure 124 Figure 125 Figure 126 Figure 127 Figure 128 Figure 129 Figure 130 Figure 131 Figure 132 Figure 133 Figure 134 Figure 135 Figure 136 Figure 137 Figure 138 Figure 139 EVMU CFDS Pages . EEC/ Data Entry Plug . . . . . . . . 163 Figure 83 Pylon Drains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flight Data / Ground Data . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Figure 82 Drain System . . . . . . . EIU Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unbalance Data . . . .9 Sensor . . . . FADEC Class 3 Fault Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Figure 76 HP and LP Fuel Shutoff Valve ( SOV ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . P2. . Thermocouple . . . . . . . . . .N1 Terminal Block 199 Figure 101 Engine Dedicated Alternator . 155 Figure 79 Return to Tank Modes 1 and 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FADEC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Figure 86 Bump Push Bottons . . . . . . . . . . 173 Figure 88 Thrust Control Units . . . . . . 147 Figure 75 Fuel Metering Unit Schematic . . . . . Engine Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . Electronic Engine Control ( EEC ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Figure 98 N1 and N2 Speed Indication . . . . AIDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FADEC Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Figure 72 Fuel Distribution Valve . . . . . . . 187 Figure 95 P2/T2 Heater Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trouble Shooting Report . . . . . 181 Figure 92 EPR Indication − Upper ECAM Display Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Figure 104 Vibration Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Figure 89 Thrust Control System Rigging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Figure 80 NO Return to Tank Modes 3 and 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Switch/FCOC Fuel Temp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Figure 78 HMS Main System Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FADEC Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Figure 77 LP Fuel Shut−Off Valve . . . . . . 191 Figure 97 EGT System . . . . . . . . . . . Auto Thrust Defenition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accelerometer Reconfiguration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Figure 74 IDG Fuel Cooled Oil Cooler . . . . . . . . 209 211 213 215 217 219 221 223 225 227 228 229 231 233 235 237 239 241 243 245 247 249 251 253 255 257 261 263 264 265 267 269 271 273 277 Page vii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FADEC Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Figure 93 P2 / T2 and P4. FADEC Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thrust Lever Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FADEC Processing and Fault Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ground Idle Speed Diagram N2 . Idle Control Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Figure 100 Fan Speed & Trim Balance Sensor. . . . . . . . . . 179 Figure 91 Engine ECAM Indications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power Setting Requirements Schematic . . 201 Figure 102 Vibration Indication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EIU Schematic . . 203 Figure 103 EVMU Schematic . 195 Figure 99 Max Pointer Reset . . . . Previous Legs Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CFDS System Report / Test EVMU . 143 Figure 73 Fuel Distribution Tubes . . . . . . . Ground Scanning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FADEC Single Input Signal Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flight Data / Ground Data . . . . . . . . . .A320 71−80V2500JARB1 TABLE OF FIGURES Fuel Filter Diff. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Press. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FADEC Processing and Fault Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Figure 87 Mechanical Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thrust Control Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Figure 81 Air Modulating Valve . . . . . . . P3/T3 Sensor . . . . . . . 167 Figure 85 Engine Thrust Lever Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 Figure 90 Alpha Call−up TRA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FADEC Self Test . Unbalance Data . . . . . . . . 165 Figure 84 Drain System Leakage Test & Limits . . . .5 / T2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Figure 94 P2/T2 Heater Schematic . . . Engine Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Figure 96 EGT Indication . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Starter Valve Test via CFDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BSBV and Actuating Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wet Cranking Procedure . . . . . . . FADEC T/R Test (NO FAULT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LPT / HPT Active Clearance Control Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Booster Stage Bleed Valve System . . . . . . Discrete Outputs Simulation . . . . . . . . . . . Nacelle Temperature System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nacelle Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . Ground Scanning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VSV System Components . FADEC Ignition Test Cont. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FADEC T/R Test (FAULT DETECTED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thrust Reverser stowed / deployed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Starting System Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HDLG Bleed Valves Malfunction Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ignition and Starting System Eng. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EIU Discrete Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Discrete Outputs Simulation . . . . . . Starter Valve Test via CFDS . . . . . Dry Cranking Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HCU Stow Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T/R Deactivation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Starter Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reverser Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . HPT / LPT Cooling Manifolds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EIU Discrete Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reverser Manual Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bleed Control Valve Solenoids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HP Compressor Bleed Valves . . . . . . . . . . . 347 349 351 353 355 357 359 361 363 365 367 369 371 373 375 377 379 381 383 385 387 389 391 393 395 397 401 403 405 FRA US/T-5 Köhler Page viii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FADEC Ignition Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FADEC Ignition Test Cont. . . . . . Flexible Drive Shafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . Starter Air Control Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic Start Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bleed Valve Functional Test . . . . . Engine Removal / Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HP Compressor Bleed Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reverser System Schematic . . . . . FADEC Ignition Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VSV Actuator Rig . . . . . . . . 1 . . . . .) . . . . . . . . . Air Systems Schematic . Engine Nacelle A/I Architecture . . . Lower Locking Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . .A320 71−80V2500JARB1 TABLE OF FIGURES Figure 140 Figure 141 Figure 142 Figure 143 Figure 144 Figure 145 Figure 146 Figure 147 Figure 148 Figure 149 Figure 150 Figure 151 Figure 152 Figure 153 Figure 154 Figure 155 Figure 156 Figure 157 Figure 158 Figure 159 Figure 160 Figure 161 Figure 162 Figure 163 Figure 164 Figure 165 Figure 166 Figure 167 Figure 168 Figure 169 Figure 170 Figure 171 Figure 172 Figure 173 Figure 174 Last Leg Rep. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reverser Hydraulic Supply . FADEC T/R Test (NOT O. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bleed Valve Locations . . . ./ LRU Indentification . . . . . . . . . Control Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Turbine Cooling Control Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HBV OPEN/CLOSED Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compressor Control Schematic . . . . .K. . . . . . . . . . . . Mar 2006 279 281 283 285 287 289 291 293 295 297 299 301 303 305 307 309 311 313 315 317 319 320 321 323 325 327 329 331 333 335 337 339 341 343 345 Figure 175 Figure 176 Figure 177 Figure 178 Figure 179 Figure 180 Figure 181 Figure 182 Figure 183 Figure 184 Figure 185 Figure 186 Figure 187 Figure 188 Figure 189 Figure 190 Figure 191 Figure 192 Figure 193 Figure 194 Figure 195 Figure 196 Figure 197 Figure 198 Figure 199 Figure 200 Figure 201 Figure 202 Figure 203 Starter Air Control Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Upper Nonlocking Actuator . T/R Independent Locking System (**On A/C 116−199) Hydraulic Control Unit ( HCU ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ignition Test without CFDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine Anti−Ice Duct and Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . HCU Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manual Start Procedure . . Ignition System Components . . . . . . . HCU Deploy Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reverser System Schematic . . . . Bleed Valve Functional Test(cont) . . . . . .

Sign up to vote on this title
UsefulNot useful